Pull RCU updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main RCU changes in this cycle were:
- Updates to use cond_resched() instead of cond_resched_rcu_qs()
where feasible (currently everywhere except in kernel/rcu and in
kernel/torture.c). Also a couple of fixes to avoid sending IPIs to
offline CPUs.
- Updates to simplify RCU's dyntick-idle handling.
- Updates to remove almost all uses of smp_read_barrier_depends() and
read_barrier_depends().
- Torture-test updates.
- Miscellaneous fixes"
* 'core-rcu-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (72 commits)
torture: Save a line in stutter_wait(): while -> for
torture: Eliminate torture_runnable and perf_runnable
torture: Make stutter less vulnerable to compilers and races
locking/locktorture: Fix num reader/writer corner cases
locking/locktorture: Fix rwsem reader_delay
torture: Place all torture-test modules in one MAINTAINERS group
rcutorture/kvm-build.sh: Skip build directory check
rcutorture: Simplify functions.sh include path
rcutorture: Simplify logging
rcutorture/kvm-recheck-*: Improve result directory readability check
rcutorture/kvm.sh: Support execution from any directory
rcutorture/kvm.sh: Use consistent help text for --qemu-args
rcutorture/kvm.sh: Remove unused variable, `alldone`
rcutorture: Remove unused script, config2frag.sh
rcutorture/configinit: Fix build directory error message
rcutorture: Preempt RCU-preempt readers more vigorously
torture: Reduce #ifdefs for preempt_schedule()
rcu: Remove have_rcu_nocb_mask from tree_plugin.h
rcu: Add comment giving debug strategy for double call_rcu()
tracing, rcu: Hide trace event rcu_nocb_wake when not used
...
Issue found by checkpatch.
Signed-off-by: Rohit Visavalia <rohit.visavalia@softnautics.com>
Acked-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A tid was allocated for reserved MR during initialization but
not freed. This lead to an annoying output message during
rdma unload flow.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Double reservation for kernel dedicated dpi was performed.
Once in the core module and once in qedr.
Remove the reservation from core.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to check if p_ent->comp_mode is QED_SPQ_MODE_EBLOCK before
calling qed_spq_add_entry(). The test is fine is the mode is EBLOCK,
but if it isn't then qed_spq_add_entry() might kfree(p_ent).
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-01-07
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add a start of a framework for extending struct xdp_buff without
having the overhead of populating every data at runtime. Idea
is to have a new per-queue struct xdp_rxq_info that holds read
mostly data (currently that is, queue number and a pointer to
the corresponding netdev) which is set up during rxqueue config
time. When a XDP program is invoked, struct xdp_buff holds a
pointer to struct xdp_rxq_info that the BPF program can then
walk. The user facing BPF program that uses struct xdp_md for
context can use these members directly, and the verifier rewrites
context access transparently by walking the xdp_rxq_info and
net_device pointers to load the data, from Jesper.
2) Redo the reporting of offload device information to user space
such that it works in combination with network namespaces. The
latter is reported through a device/inode tuple as similarly
done in other subsystems as well (e.g. perf) in order to identify
the namespace. For this to work, ns_get_path() has been generalized
such that the namespace can be retrieved not only from a specific
task (perf case), but also from a callback where we deduce the
netns (ns_common) from a netdevice. bpftool support using the new
uapi info and extensive test cases for test_offload.py in BPF
selftests have been added as well, from Jakub.
3) Add two bpftool improvements: i) properly report the bpftool
version such that it corresponds to the version from the kernel
source tree. So pick the right linux/version.h from the source
tree instead of the installed one. ii) fix bpftool and also
bpf_jit_disasm build with bintutils >= 2.9. The reason for the
build breakage is that binutils library changed the function
signature to select the disassembler. Given this is needed in
multiple tools, add a proper feature detection to the
tools/build/features infrastructure, from Roman.
4) Implement the BPF syscall command BPF_MAP_GET_NEXT_KEY for the
stacktrace map. It is currently unimplemented, but there are
use cases where user space needs to walk all stacktrace map
entries e.g. for dumping or deleting map entries w/o having to
close and recreate the map. Add BPF selftests along with it,
from Yonghong.
5) Few follow-up cleanups for the bpftool cgroup code: i) rename
the cgroup 'list' command into 'show' as we have it for other
subcommands as well, ii) then alias the 'show' command such that
'list' is accepted which is also common practice in iproute2,
and iii) remove couple of newlines from error messages using
p_err(), from Jakub.
6) Two follow-up cleanups to sockmap code: i) remove the unused
bpf_compute_data_end_sk_skb() function and ii) only build the
sockmap infrastructure when CONFIG_INET is enabled since it's
only aware of TCP sockets at this time, from John.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver code qede_free_fp_array() depend on kfree() can be called
with a NULL pointer. This stems from the qede_alloc_fp_array()
function which either (kz)alloc memory for fp->txq or fp->rxq.
This also simplifies error handling code in case of memory allocation
failures, but xdp_rxq_info_unreg need to know the difference.
Introduce xdp_rxq_info_is_reg() to handle if a memory allocation fails
and detect this is the failure path by seeing that xdp_rxq_info was
not registred yet, which first happens after successful alloaction in
qede_init_fp().
Driver hook points for xdp_rxq_info:
* reg : qede_init_fp
* unreg: qede_free_fp_array
Tested on actual hardware with samples/bpf program.
V2: Driver have no proper error path for failed XDP RX-queue info reg, as
qede_init_fp() is a void function.
Cc: everest-linux-l2@cavium.com
Cc: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Use dma_zalloc_coherent and vzalloc for allocating zeroed
memory and remove unnecessary memset function.
Done using Coccinelle.
Generated-by: scripts/coccinelle/api/alloc/kzalloc-simple.cocci
0-day tested with no failures.
Suggested-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Himanshu Jha <himanshujha199640@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Advance the qed* drivers to use firmware 8.33.1.0:
Modify core driver (qed) to utilize the new FW and initialize the device
with it. This is the lion's share of the patch, and includes changes to FW
interface files, device initialization flows, FW interaction flows, and
debug collection flows.
Modify Ethernet driver (qede) to make use of new FW in fastpath.
Modify RoCE/iWARP driver (qedr) to make use of new FW in fastpath.
Modify FCoE driver (qedf) to make use of new FW in fastpath.
Modify iSCSI driver (qedi) to make use of new FW in fastpath.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Bason <Yuval.Bason@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <Manish.Chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Chad Dupuis <Chad.Dupuis@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Rangankar <Manish.Rangankar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch renames defines and structures in the FW HSI files to allow a
distinction between different types of HW.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Chad Dupuis <Chad.Dupuis@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Rangankar <Manish.Rangankar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch refactors and reorders the FW API files in preparation of
upgrading the code to support new FW.
- Make use of the BIT macro in appropriate places.
- Whitespace changes to align values and code blocks.
- Comments are updated (spelling mistakes, removed if not clear).
- Group together code blocks which are related or deal with similar
matters.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Advertise NETIF_F_GRO_HW and set edev->gro_disable according to the
feature flag. Add qede_fix_features() to drop NETIF_F_GRO_HW if
XDP is running or MTU does not support GRO_HW or GRO is not set.
qede_change_mtu() also checks and disables GRO_HW if MTU is not
supported.
Cc: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Cc: everest-linux-l2@cavium.com
Acked-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The __qed_spq_block() function expects an smp_read_barrier_depends()
to order a prior READ_ONCE() against a later load that does not depend
on the prior READ_ONCE(), an expectation that can fail to be met.
This commit therefore replaces the READ_ONCE() with smp_load_acquire()
and removes the smp_read_barrier_depends().
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Cc: <everest-linux-l2@cavium.com>
Cc: <netdev@vger.kernel.org>
Since day one of XDP drivers had to remember to free the program
on the remove path. This leads to code duplication and is error
prone. Make the stack query the installed programs on unregister
and if something is installed, remove the program. Freeing of
program attached to XDP generic is moved from free_netdev() as well.
Because the remove will now be called before notifiers are
invoked, BPF offload state of the program will not get destroyed
before uninstall.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
netxen_collect_minidump() evidently just wants to get a monotonic
timestamp. Using jiffies_to_timespec(jiffies, &ts) is not
appropriate here, since it will overflow after 2^32 jiffies,
which may be as short as 49 days of uptime.
ktime_get_seconds() is the correct interface here.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Revert regression inducing change to the IPSEC template resolver,
from Steffen Klassert.
2) Peeloffs can cause the wrong sk to be waken up in SCTP, fix from Xin
Long.
3) Min packet MTU size is wrong in cpsw driver, from Grygorii Strashko.
4) Fix build failure in netfilter ctnetlink, from Arnd Bergmann.
5) ISDN hisax driver checks pnp_irq() for errors incorrectly, from
Arvind Yadav.
6) Fix fealnx driver build failure on MIPS, from Huacai Chen.
7) Fix into leak in SCTP, the scope_id of socket addresses is not
always filled in. From Eric W. Biederman.
8) MTU inheritance between physical function and representor fix in nfp
driver, from Dirk van der Merwe.
9) Fix memory leak in rsi driver, from Colin Ian King.
10) Fix expiration and generation ID handling of cached ipv4 redirect
routes, from Xin Long.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (40 commits)
net: usb: hso.c: remove unneeded DRIVER_LICENSE #define
ibmvnic: fix dma_mapping_error call
ipvlan: NULL pointer dereference panic in ipvlan_port_destroy
route: also update fnhe_genid when updating a route cache
route: update fnhe_expires for redirect when the fnhe exists
sctp: set frag_point in sctp_setsockopt_maxseg correctly
rsi: fix memory leak on buf and usb_reg_buf
net/netlabel: Add list_next_rcu() in rcu_dereference().
nfp: remove false positive offloads in flower vxlan
nfp: register flower reprs for egress dev offload
nfp: inherit the max_mtu from the PF netdev
nfp: fix vlan receive MAC statistics typo
nfp: fix flower offload metadata flag usage
virto_net: remove empty file 'virtio_net.'
net/sctp: Always set scope_id in sctp_inet6_skb_msgname
fealnx: Fix building error on MIPS
isdn: hisax: Fix pnp_irq's error checking for setup_teles3
isdn: hisax: Fix pnp_irq's error checking for setup_sedlbauer_isapnp
isdn: hisax: Fix pnp_irq's error checking for setup_niccy
isdn: hisax: Fix pnp_irq's error checking for setup_ix1micro
...
Merge updates from Andrew Morton:
- a few misc bits
- ocfs2 updates
- almost all of MM
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (131 commits)
memory hotplug: fix comments when adding section
mm: make alloc_node_mem_map a void call if we don't have CONFIG_FLAT_NODE_MEM_MAP
mm: simplify nodemask printing
mm,oom_reaper: remove pointless kthread_run() error check
mm/page_ext.c: check if page_ext is not prepared
writeback: remove unused function parameter
mm: do not rely on preempt_count in print_vma_addr
mm, sparse: do not swamp log with huge vmemmap allocation failures
mm/hmm: remove redundant variable align_end
mm/list_lru.c: mark expected switch fall-through
mm/shmem.c: mark expected switch fall-through
mm/page_alloc.c: broken deferred calculation
mm: don't warn about allocations which stall for too long
fs: fuse: account fuse_inode slab memory as reclaimable
mm, page_alloc: fix potential false positive in __zone_watermark_ok
mm: mlock: remove lru_add_drain_all()
mm, sysctl: make NUMA stats configurable
shmem: convert shmem_init_inodecache() to void
Unify migrate_pages and move_pages access checks
mm, pagevec: rename pagevec drained field
...
As the page free path makes no distinction between cache hot and cold
pages, there is no real useful ordering of pages in the free list that
allocation requests can take advantage of. Juding from the users of
__GFP_COLD, it is likely that a number of them are the result of copying
other sites instead of actually measuring the impact. Remove the
__GFP_COLD parameter which simplifies a number of paths in the page
allocator.
This is potentially controversial but bear in mind that the size of the
per-cpu pagelists versus modern cache sizes means that the whole per-cpu
list can often fit in the L3 cache. Hence, there is only a potential
benefit for microbenchmarks that alloc/free pages in a tight loop. It's
even worse when THP is taken into account which has little or no chance
of getting a cache-hot page as the per-cpu list is bypassed and the
zeroing of multiple pages will thrash the cache anyway.
The truncate microbenchmarks are not shown as this patch affects the
allocation path and not the free path. A page fault microbenchmark was
tested but it showed no sigificant difference which is not surprising
given that the __GFP_COLD branches are a miniscule percentage of the
fault path.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20171018075952.10627-9-mgorman@techsingularity.net
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@techsingularity.net>
Acked-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>
Cc: Dave Hansen <dave.hansen@intel.com>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Replace kmalloc followed by a memset with kzalloc
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Ariel Elior <aelior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
1) Maintain the TCP retransmit queue using an rbtree, with 1GB
windows at 100Gb this really has become necessary. From Eric
Dumazet.
2) Multi-program support for cgroup+bpf, from Alexei Starovoitov.
3) Perform broadcast flooding in hardware in mv88e6xxx, from Andrew
Lunn.
4) Add meter action support to openvswitch, from Andy Zhou.
5) Add a data meta pointer for BPF accessible packets, from Daniel
Borkmann.
6) Namespace-ify almost all TCP sysctl knobs, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Turn on Broadcom Tags in b53 driver, from Florian Fainelli.
8) More work to move the RTNL mutex down, from Florian Westphal.
9) Add 'bpftool' utility, to help with bpf program introspection.
From Jakub Kicinski.
10) Add new 'cpumap' type for XDP_REDIRECT action, from Jesper
Dangaard Brouer.
11) Support 'blocks' of transformations in the packet scheduler which
can span multiple network devices, from Jiri Pirko.
12) TC flower offload support in cxgb4, from Kumar Sanghvi.
13) Priority based stream scheduler for SCTP, from Marcelo Ricardo
Leitner.
14) Thunderbolt networking driver, from Amir Levy and Mika Westerberg.
15) Add RED qdisc offloadability, and use it in mlxsw driver. From
Nogah Frankel.
16) eBPF based device controller for cgroup v2, from Roman Gushchin.
17) Add some fundamental tracepoints for TCP, from Song Liu.
18) Remove garbage collection from ipv6 route layer, this is a
significant accomplishment. From Wei Wang.
19) Add multicast route offload support to mlxsw, from Yotam Gigi"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (2177 commits)
tcp: highest_sack fix
geneve: fix fill_info when link down
bpf: fix lockdep splat
net: cdc_ncm: GetNtbFormat endian fix
openvswitch: meter: fix NULL pointer dereference in ovs_meter_cmd_reply_start
netem: remove unnecessary 64 bit modulus
netem: use 64 bit divide by rate
tcp: Namespace-ify sysctl_tcp_default_congestion_control
net: Protect iterations over net::fib_notifier_ops in fib_seq_sum()
ipv6: set all.accept_dad to 0 by default
uapi: fix linux/tls.h userspace compilation error
usbnet: ipheth: prevent TX queue timeouts when device not ready
vhost_net: conditionally enable tx polling
uapi: fix linux/rxrpc.h userspace compilation errors
net: stmmac: fix LPI transitioning for dwmac4
atm: horizon: Fix irq release error
net-sysfs: trigger netlink notification on ifalias change via sysfs
openvswitch: Using kfree_rcu() to simplify the code
openvswitch: Make local function ovs_nsh_key_attr_size() static
openvswitch: Fix return value check in ovs_meter_cmd_features()
...
Pull timer updates from Thomas Gleixner:
"Yet another big pile of changes:
- More year 2038 work from Arnd slowly reaching the point where we
need to think about the syscalls themself.
- A new timer function which allows to conditionally (re)arm a timer
only when it's either not running or the new expiry time is sooner
than the armed expiry time. This allows to use a single timer for
multiple timeout requirements w/o caring about the first expiry
time at the call site.
- A new NMI safe accessor to clock real time for the printk timestamp
work. Can be used by tracing, perf as well if required.
- A large number of timer setup conversions from Kees which got
collected here because either maintainers requested so or they
simply got ignored. As Kees pointed out already there are a few
trivial merge conflicts and some redundant commits which was
unavoidable due to the size of this conversion effort.
- Avoid a redundant iteration in the timer wheel softirq processing.
- Provide a mechanism to treat RTC implementations depending on their
hardware properties, i.e. don't inflict the write at the 0.5
seconds boundary which originates from the PC CMOS RTC to all RTCs.
No functional change as drivers need to be updated separately.
- The usual small updates to core code clocksource drivers. Nothing
really exciting"
* 'timers-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (111 commits)
timers: Add a function to start/reduce a timer
pstore: Use ktime_get_real_fast_ns() instead of __getnstimeofday()
timer: Prepare to change all DEFINE_TIMER() callbacks
netfilter: ipvs: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
scsi: qla2xxx: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
block/aoe: discover_timer: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
ide: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
drbd: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
mailbox: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
crypto: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
drivers/pcmcia: omap1: Fix error in automated timer conversion
ARM: footbridge: Fix typo in timer conversion
drivers/sgi-xp: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
drivers/pcmcia: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
drivers/memstick: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
drivers/macintosh: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
hwrng/xgene-rng: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
auxdisplay: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
sparc/led: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
mips: ip22/32: Convert timers to use timer_setup()
...
The assignment to mbcp is identical to the initiatialized value assigned
to mbcp at declaration time a few lines earlier, hence we can remove the
second redundant assignment. Cleans up clang warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlge/qlge_mpi.c:209:22: warning:
Value stored to 'mbcp' during its initialization is never read
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ndo_xdp is a control path callback for setting up XDP in the
driver. We can reuse it for other forms of communication
between the eBPF stack and the drivers. Rename the callback
and associated structures and definitions.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Files removed in 'net-next' had their license header updated
in 'net'. We take the remove from 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Out of order flow is not working for iWARP.
This patch got cut out from initial series that added out
of order support for iWARP.
Make out of order code common for iWARP and iSCSI.
Add new configuration option CONFIG_QED_OOO. Set by
qedr and qedi Kconfigs.
Fixes: d1abfd0b4e ("qed: Add iWARP out of order support")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Rangankar <Manish.Rangankar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We continue to maintain a maximum of three buffers per fpdu, to ensure
that there are enough buffers for additional unaligned mpa packets.
To support this, if a fpdu is split over more than two tcp packets, we
use an intermediate buffer to copy the data to the previous buffer, then
we can release the data. We need an intermediate buffer as the initial
buffer partial packet could be located at the end of the packet, not
leaving room for additional data. This is a corner case, and will usually
not be the case.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a special case where an MPA header is split over to tcp
packets, in this case we need to wait for the next packet to
get the fpdu length. We use the incomplete_bytes to mark this
fpdu as a "special" one which requires updating the length with
the next packet
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When posting a packet on the ll2 tx, we can provide a cookie that
will be returned upon tx completion. This cookie is the ll2 iwarp buffer
which is then reposted to the rx ring. Part of the unaligned mpa flow
is determining when a buffer can be reposted. Each buffer needs to be
sent only once as a cookie for on the tx ring. In packed fpdu case, only
the last packet will be sent with the buffer, meaning we need to handle the
case that a cookie can be NULL on tx complete. In addition, when a fpdu
splits over two buffers, but there are no more fpdus on the second buffer,
two buffers need to be provided as a cookie. To avoid changing the ll2
interface to provide two cookies, we introduce a piggy buf pointer,
relevant for iWARP only, that holds a pointer to a second buffer that
needs to be released during tx completion.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fpdu data structure is preallocated per connection.
Each connection stores the current status of the connection:
either nothing pending, or there is a partial fpdu that is waiting for
the rest of the fpdu (incomplete bytes != 0).
The same structure is also used for splitting a packet when there are
packed fpdus. The structure is initialized with all data required
for sending the fpdu back to the FW. A fpdu will always be spanned across
a maximum of 3 tx bds. One for the header, one for the partial fdpu
received and one for the remainder (unaligned) packet.
In case of packed fpdu's, two fragments are used, one for the header
and one for the data.
Corner cases are not handled in the patch for clarity, and will be added
as a separate patch.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mpa buff is a descriptor for iwarp ll2 buffers that contains
additional information required for aligining fpdu's.
In some cases, an additional packet will arrive which will complete
the alignment of a fpdu, but we won't be able to post the fpdu due to
insufficient place on the tx ring. In this case we can't loose the data
and require storing it for later. Processing is therefore done
in two places, during rx completion, where we initialize a mpa buffer
descriptor and add it to the pending list, and during tx-completion, since
we free up an entry in the tx chain we can process any pending mpa packets.
The mpa buff descriptors are pre-allocated since we have to ensure that
we won't reach a state where we can't store an incoming unaligned packet.
All packets received on the ll2 MUST be processed by the driver at some
stage. Since they are preallocated, we hold a free list.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds only the establishment and termination of the
ll2 connection that handles unaligned MPA packets.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For iWARP unaligned MPA flow, a slowpath event of flushing an
MPA connection that entered an unaligned state is required.
The flush ramrod is received on the ll2 queue, and a pre-registered
callback function is called to handle the flush event.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a packet is sent back to iWARP FW via the tx ll2 connection
the FW needs to know the source of the packet. Whether it is
OOO or unaligned MPA related. Since OOO is implemented entirely
inside the ll2 code (and shared with iSCSI), packets are marked
as IN_ORDER inside the ll2 code. For unaligned mpa the value
will be determined in the iWARP code and sent on the pkt->vlan
field.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
enable_ip_cksum, enable_l4_cksum, calc_ip_len were added in
commit stated below but not passed through to FW. This was OK
until now as it wasn't used, but is required for the iWARP
unaligned flow
Fixes:7c7973b2ae27 ("qed: LL2 to use packed information for tx")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The option of sending a packet on the ll2 and dropping it exists in
hardware and was not used until now, thus not exposed.
The iWARP unaligned MPA flow requires this functionality for
flushing the tx queue.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When more than one ll2 queue is opened ( that is not an OOO queue )
ll2 code does not have enough information to determine whether
the queue is the main one or not, so a new field is added to the
acquire input data to expose the control of determining whether
the queue is the main queue or a secondary queue.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
iWARP uses 3 ll2 connections, the maximum number of bds is known
during connection setup. This patch modifies the static array in
the ll2_tx_packet descriptor to be a flexible array and
significantlly reduces memory size.
In addition, some redundant fields in the ll2_tx_packet were
removed, which also contributed to decreasing the descriptor size.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dcb_app priority is unsigned thus checking whether it is less than zero
is redundant.
Signed-off-by: Christos Gkekas <chris.gekas@gmail.com>
Acked-By: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work enables generic transfer of metadata from XDP into skb. The
basic idea is that we can make use of the fact that the resulting skb
must be linear and already comes with a larger headroom for supporting
bpf_xdp_adjust_head(), which mangles xdp->data. Here, we base our work
on a similar principle and introduce a small helper bpf_xdp_adjust_meta()
for adjusting a new pointer called xdp->data_meta. Thus, the packet has
a flexible and programmable room for meta data, followed by the actual
packet data. struct xdp_buff is therefore laid out that we first point
to data_hard_start, then data_meta directly prepended to data followed
by data_end marking the end of packet. bpf_xdp_adjust_head() takes into
account whether we have meta data already prepended and if so, memmove()s
this along with the given offset provided there's enough room.
xdp->data_meta is optional and programs are not required to use it. The
rationale is that when we process the packet in XDP (e.g. as DoS filter),
we can push further meta data along with it for the XDP_PASS case, and
give the guarantee that a clsact ingress BPF program on the same device
can pick this up for further post-processing. Since we work with skb
there, we can also set skb->mark, skb->priority or other skb meta data
out of BPF, thus having this scratch space generic and programmable
allows for more flexibility than defining a direct 1:1 transfer of
potentially new XDP members into skb (it's also more efficient as we
don't need to initialize/handle each of such new members). The facility
also works together with GRO aggregation. The scratch space at the head
of the packet can be multiple of 4 byte up to 32 byte large. Drivers not
yet supporting xdp->data_meta can simply be set up with xdp->data_meta
as xdp->data + 1 as bpf_xdp_adjust_meta() will detect this and bail out,
such that the subsequent match against xdp->data for later access is
guaranteed to fail.
The verifier treats xdp->data_meta/xdp->data the same way as we treat
xdp->data/xdp->data_end pointer comparisons. The requirement for doing
the compare against xdp->data is that it hasn't been modified from it's
original address we got from ctx access. It may have a range marking
already from prior successful xdp->data/xdp->data_end pointer comparisons
though.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A SYN packet which arrives with errors from FW should be dropped.
This required adding an additional field to the ll2
rx completion data.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The maximum number of CQs supported is bound to the number
of connections supported, which differs between RoCE and iWARP.
This fixes a crash that occurred in iWARP when running 1000 sessions
using perftest.
Fixes: 67b40dccc4 ("qed: Implement iWARP initialization, teardown and qp operations")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
iWARP requires OOO support which is already provided by the ll2
interface (until now was used only for iSCSI offload).
The changes mostly include opening a ll2 dedicated connection for
OOO and notifiying the FW about the handle id.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is the last of the initial iWARP patch series. It
adds the possiblity to actually detect iWARP from the device and enable
it in the critical locations which basically make iWARP available.
It wasn't submitted until now as iWARP hadn't been accepted into
the rdma tree.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use setup_timer function instead of initializing timer with the
function and data fields.
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <allen.lkml@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
call to memset to assign 0 value immediately after allocating
memory with kzalloc is unnecesaary as kzalloc allocates the memory
filled with 0 value.
Semantic patch used to resolve this issue:
@@
expression e,e2; constant c;
statement S;
@@
e = kzalloc(e2, c);
if(e == NULL) S
- memset(e, 0, e2);
Signed-off-by: Himanshu Jha <himanshujha199640@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Himanshu Jha <himanshujha199640@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sudarsana Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At the end of the do while loop the integer counter retries will
always be zero and so the subsequent check to see if it is zero
is always true and therefore redundant. Remove the redundant check
and always return -EIO on this return path. Also unbreak the literal
string in dev_err message to clean up a checkpatch warning.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#744279 ("Logically dead code")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in DP_NOTICE message
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gcc-8.0.0 (snapshot) points out that we copy a variable-length string
into a fixed length field using memcpy() with the destination length,
and that ends up copying whatever follows the string:
inlined from 'ql_core_dump' at drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlge/qlge_dbg.c:1106:2:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlge/qlge_dbg.c:708:2: error: 'memcpy' reading 15 bytes from a region of size 14 [-Werror=stringop-overflow=]
memcpy(seg_hdr->description, desc, (sizeof(seg_hdr->description)) - 1);
Changing it to use strncpy() will instead zero-pad the destination,
which seems to be the right thing to do here.
The bug is probably harmless, but it seems like a good idea to address
it in stable kernels as well, if only for the purpose of building with
gcc-8 without warnings.
Fixes: a61f802613 ("qlge: Add ethtool register dump function.")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make these const as they are only passed as an argument to the
function device_create_file and device_remove_file and the corresponding
arguments are of type const.
Done using Coccinelle
Signed-off-by: Bhumika Goyal <bhumirks@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The loop counter k is currently being decremented from zero which
is incorrect. Fix this by incrementing k instead
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#401847 ("Infinite loop")
Fixes: 83f18a557c ("netxen_nic: fw dump support")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor code in order to avoid identical code for different branches.
This issue was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP offload conflict is dealt with by simply taking what is
in net-next where we have removed all of the UFO handling code
entirely.
The TCP conflict was a case of local variables in a function
being removed from both net and net-next.
In netvsc we had an assignment right next to where a missing
set of u64 stats sync object inits were added.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We allocate 'p_info->mfw_mb_cur' and 'p_info->mfw_mb_shadow' but we check
'p_info->mfw_mb_addr' instead of 'p_info->mfw_mb_cur'.
'p_info->mfw_mb_addr' is never 0, because it is initiliazed a few lines
above in 'qed_load_mcp_offsets()'.
Update the test and check the result of the 2 'kzalloc()' instead.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Acked-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add const to bin_attribute structure as it is only passed to the
functions sysfs_{remove/create}_bin_file. The corresponding
arguments are of type const, so declare the structure to be const.
Signed-off-by: Bhumika Goyal <bhumirks@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Retrieve the actual coalesce value from hardware for every Rx/Tx
queue, instead of Rx/Tx coalesce value cached during set coalesce.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Verma <Rahul.Verma@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add the ethtool support to set RX/Tx coalesce
value to the VF associated Rx/Tx queues.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Verma <Rahul.Verma@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds ethtool callback implementations for querying/configuring
the Energy Efficient Ethernet (EEE) parameters.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds required driver support for reading/configuring the
Energy Efficient Ethernet (EEE) parameters.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for adding and deleting rx flow
classification rules. Using this user can classify RX flow
constituting of TCP/UDP 4-tuples [src_ip/dst_ip and src_port/dst_port]
to be steered on a given RX queue
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for ethtool getter APIs to query
RX flow classification rules.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unnecessary static on local variable fw_dump_ops.
Such variable is initialized before being used, on every
execution path throughout the function. The static has no
benefit and, removing it reduces the object file size.
This issue was detected using Coccinelle and the following semantic patch:
@bad exists@
position p;
identifier x;
type T;
@@
static T x@p;
...
x = <+...x...+>
@@
identifier x;
expression e;
type T;
position p != bad.p;
@@
-static
T x@p;
... when != x
when strict
?x = e;
In the following log you can see a difference in the object file size.
This log is the output of the size command, before and after the code
change:
before:
text data bss dec hex filename
19032 2136 64 21232 52f0 drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_minidump.o
after:
text data bss dec hex filename
19020 2048 0 21068 524c drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_minidump.o
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The option "h" (host order ) exists for ipv4 only.
Remove the h when printing ipv6 addresses.
Lead to the following smatch warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_iwarp.c:585 qed_iwarp_print_tcp_ramrod()
warn: '%pI6' can only be followed by c
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_iwarp.c:1521 qed_iwarp_print_cm_info()
warn: '%pI6' can only be followed by c
Fixes commit 456a584947 ("qed: iWARP CM add passive side connect")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix compilation warning
qed_iwarp.c:1721:5: warning: ll2_syn_handle may be used
uninitialized in this function
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pointer hdr in netxen_setup_minidump() is set but never used, thus
should be removed.
Signed-off-by: Christos Gkekas <chris.gekas@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
iWARP has different physical queue requirements than RoCE
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When computing how much memory is required for the different hw clients
iWARP protocol should be taken into account
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces error handling for errors that occurred during
connection establishment.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch takes care of active/passive disconnect flows.
Disconnect flows can be initiated remotely, in which case a async event
will arrive from peer and indicated to qedr driver. These
are referred to as exceptions. When a QP is destroyed, it needs to check
that it's associated ep has been closed.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the active side connect.
Offload a connection, process MPA reply and send RTR.
In some of the common passive/active functions, the active side
will work in blocking mode.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the passive side connect.
It addresses pre-allocating resources, creating a connection
element upon valid SYN packet received. Calling upper layer and
implementation of the accept/reject calls.
Error handling is not part of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the ability to add and remove listeners and identify
whether the SYN packet received is intended for iWARP or not. If
a listener is not found the SYN packet is posted back to the chip.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
iWARP handles incoming SYN packets using the ll2 interface. This patch
implements ll2 setup and teardown. Additional ll2 connections will
be used in the future which are not part of this patch series.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new connection type for iWARP ll2 connections for setting
correct ll2 filters and connection type to FW.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make some names more generic as they will be used by iWARP too.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds iWARP support for flows that have common code
between RoCE and iWARP, such as initialization, teardown and
qp setup verbs: create, destroy, modify, query.
It introduces the iWARP specific files qed_iwarp.[ch] and
iwarp_common.h
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
iWARP personality introduced the need for differentiating in several
places in the code whether we are RoCE, iWARP or either. This
leads to introducing new macros for querying the personality.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the qed_roce_if file to qed_rdma_if as it
represents a common interface for RoCE and iWARP.
this commit affects RDMA/qedr as well.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch places common iWARP / RoCE code in qed_rdma
and roce specific code in qed_roce
There is one new function ( qed_roce_setup ) added, the rest
of the patch removes content from the files and removes some
static definitions.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds files that will contain common code for RoCE/iWARP.
The files are currently identical to qed_roce.c / qed_roce.h and
intentionally not added to the makefile. The next patch in the series
will modify the files so that roce specific code is left in qed_roce
and common roce/iwarp code will be placed in qed_rdma
This patch is the result of a simple
cp qed_rdma.c qed_roce.c
cp qed_rdma.h qed_roce.h
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The next patch in the series will duplicate qed_roce as part
of code preprations for iWARP support. Do some cleanup before
duplicating
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Whenever firmware indicates that there's an async indication it needs
to handle, there's a switch-case where the right functionality is called
based on function's personality and information.
Before iWARP is added [as yet another client], switch over the SPQ into
a callback-registered mechanism, allowing registration of the relevant
event-processing logic based on the function's personality. This allows
us to tidy the code by removing protocol-specifics from a common file.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver needs to wait for all resources to return from FW before it can send
the FUNC_CLOSE ramrod.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the functions common to both iWARP and RoCE to have a prefix of
_rdma_ instead of _roce_.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Once we have iWARP support, the qede portion of the qedr<->qede would
serve all the RDMA protocols - so rename the file to be appropriate
to its function.
While we're at it, we're also moving a couple of inclusions to it into
.h files and adding includes to make sure it contains all type
definitions it requires.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If DCBx update occurs while QPs are open, stop sending edpms until all
QPs are closed.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Configure device according to DCBx results so that EDPMs
made by RoCE would honor flow-control.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
iWARP would require the chains to allocate/free their PBL memory
independently, so add the infrastructure to provide it externally.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to qede to report bpf_prog ID during XDP_QUERY_PROG.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Mintz Yuval <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A common pattern with skb_put() is to just want to memcpy()
some data into the new space, introduce skb_put_data() for
this.
An spatch similar to the one for skb_put_zero() converts many
of the places using it:
@@
identifier p, p2;
expression len, skb, data;
type t, t2;
@@
(
-p = skb_put(skb, len);
+p = skb_put_data(skb, data, len);
|
-p = (t)skb_put(skb, len);
+p = skb_put_data(skb, data, len);
)
(
p2 = (t2)p;
-memcpy(p2, data, len);
|
-memcpy(p, data, len);
)
@@
type t, t2;
identifier p, p2;
expression skb, data;
@@
t *p;
...
(
-p = skb_put(skb, sizeof(t));
+p = skb_put_data(skb, data, sizeof(t));
|
-p = (t *)skb_put(skb, sizeof(t));
+p = skb_put_data(skb, data, sizeof(t));
)
(
p2 = (t2)p;
-memcpy(p2, data, sizeof(*p));
|
-memcpy(p, data, sizeof(*p));
)
@@
expression skb, len, data;
@@
-memcpy(skb_put(skb, len), data, len);
+skb_put_data(skb, data, len);
(again, manually post-processed to retain some comments)
Reviewed-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The p_l2_info->pp_qid_usage[] array has "p_l2_info->queues" elements so
the > here should be a >= or we write beyond the end of the array.
Fixes: bbe3f233ec ("qed: Assign a unique per-queue index to queue-cid")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_QED_SRIOV is disabled, we get a build error:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_int.c: In function 'qed_int_sb_init':
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_int.c:1499:4: error: implicit declaration of function 'qed_vf_set_sb_info'; did you mean 'qed_mcp_get_resc_info'? [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
All the other declarations have a 'static inline' stub as an alternative
here, so this adds one more for qed_int_sb_init.
Fixes: 50a207147f ("qed: Hold a single array for SBs")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The LL2 statistics already have place holders for these, but haven't
populated them so far.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver to inform the connection owner that the its buffers are being
released as part of a flush.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a legacy leftover; There's no current flow where 'frags_mapped'
would be set.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
LL2 today is interrupt driven - when tx/rx completion arrives [or any
other indication], qed needs to operate on the connection and pass
the information to the protocol-driver [or internal qed consumer].
Since we have several flavors of ll2 employeed by the driver,
each handler needs to do an if-else to determine the right functionality
to use based on the connection type.
In order to make things more scalable [given that we're going to add
additional types of ll2 flavors] move the infrastrucutre into using
a callback-based approach - the callbacks would be provided as part
of the connection's initialization parameters.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having the OOO logic packetd, divide it with rest of code
according to establish/release flows.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A LL2 connection [qed_ll2_info] has a sub-structure of type qed_ll2_conn
that contain various inputs for ll2 acquisition, but the connection also
utilizes a couple of other inputs.
Restructure the input structure to include all the inputs and refactor
the code necessary to populate those.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This introduces qed_ll2_comp_rx_data as a public struct
and moves handling of Rx packets in LL2 into using it.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First step in revising the LL2 interface, this declares
qed_ll2_tx_pkt_info as part of the ll2 interface, and uses it for
transmission instead of receiving lots of parameters.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This introduces 2 changes needed for XDP to be supported for VFs:
a. On VF-side, publish the NDO based on qed outputs
b. On PF-side, request qed to allocate sufficient cids per-VF
to allow the child vfs to support it
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The final addition on the qed front -
- VFs would now require their PFs to provide multiple CIDs
- Based on the availability of connections from PF, determine whether
XDP is feasible and share it with qede via dev_info.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VFs are currently not mapping their doorbell bar, instead relying
on the small doorbell window they have in their limited regview bar.
In order to increase the number of possible Tx connections [queues]
employeed by VF past 16, we need to start using the doorbell bar if
one such is exposed - VF would communicate this fact to PF which would
return the size-bar internally configured into chip, according to
which the VF would decide whether to actually utilize the doorbell
bar.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the infrastructure for supporting VFs that want to open
multiple transmission queues on the same queue-zone.
At this point, there are no VFs that actually request this functionality,
but later patches would remedy that.
a. VF and PF would communicate the capability during ACQUIRE;
Legacy VFs would continue on behaving as they do today
b. PF would communicate number of supported CIDs to the VF
and would enforce said limitation
c. Whenever VF passes a request for a given queue configuration
it would also pass an associated index within said queue-zone
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the infrastructure a PF maintains for each one of its VFs
to support multiple queue-cids on a single queue-zone.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Until now we used to have a single VF legacy compatibility mode,
one that affected the place of the Rx producers of those VFs [mostly].
As PF would soon support allocating CIDs for VFs instead of having
a static CID<->queue configuration for them, we'll need to have
an additional legacy mode since existing VFs would need to continue
on using the older mode of operation.
Change the infrastrucutre so that the legacy would be able to indicate
which of the legacy behaviors is needed for a given VF.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a queue-cid is allocated, assign an index inside that's
CID's queue-zone.
For PFs and VFS, this number is going to be unique and derive
from a per-queue-zone bitmap, while for PF's VFs queues the
number is currently going to constant; Later, we'd add the
capability of a VF to communicate such an index to its PF.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We're going to need additional information for queue-cids
that a PF creates for its VFs, so start by refactoring existing
logic used for initializing said struct into receiving a structure
encapsulating the VF-specific information that needs to be provided.
This also introduces QED_QUEUE_CID_SELF - each queue-cid would hold
an indication to whether it belongs to the hw-function holding it
[whether that's a PF or a VF], or else what's the VF id it belongs
to.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Part of an effort of a cleaner seperation between qed and the protocol
drivers, the L2 interface is to use the SB structure for initialization
purposes opaquely.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First step in allowing a single PF/VF to open multiple queues on
the same queue zone is to add per-hwfn database of queue-cids
as a two-dimensional array where entry would be according to
[queue zone][internal index].
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each PF has a bitmap for its own ranges of CIDs, to allow easy grabbing
of an available CID when such is needed. But VFs are not using the same
mechanism, instead relying on hard-coded CIDs [ queue-index == cid ].
As an infrastructure step toward increasing number of CIDs of VFs,
the PF is going to maintain bitmaps for the VF CIDs as well -
the bitmaps would be per-VF and the ranges would be the same [in HW all
VFs of a given PF have the same mapping of CIDs, and the HW is capable
of distinguishing between those according to the VF index]
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of rewriting write/readq, use linux/io-64-nonatomic-lo-hi.h which
already have them.
Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Qlogic's 82xx series adapter doesn't support
tunnel offloads, driver incorrectly assumes that it is
supported and causes firmware hang while running tunnel IO.
This patch fixes this by not advertising tunnel offloads
for 82xx adapters.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enhance API between qedi and qed, allowing qedi to inform device's
firmware when the iSCSI mac is to be changed.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Storage drivers require images from the nvram in boot-from-SAN
scenarios. This provides the necessary API between qed and the
protocol drivers to perform such reads.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Share several new tidbits with qedf:
- wwpn & wwnn
- Absolute pf-id [this one is actually meant for qedi as well]
- Number of available CQs
While we're at it, now that qedf will be aware of the available CQs
we can add some validation on the inputs it provides.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver reads values via HSI splitting this 8-byte into 2 32-bit
values and builds a single u64 field - but it does so by shifting
the lower field instead of the higher.
Luckily, we still don't use these fields for anything - but we're about
to start.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we're resetting the IGU CAM each time we initialize the PF
device, there's no need to reset the VF SBs again when initializing
IOV.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IGU CAM contains an assocaition between hardware SBs
and interrupt lines, and it can be dynamically configured
to allow more interrupts in one entity over another, specifically
for Re-distibution of SBs between a PF and its child VFs.
While we don't yet use this functionality, there are other
clients that do and as such its possible the information
passed from management firmware during initialization in
regard to the possible number of SBs doesn't accurately reflect
the current HW configuration.
The following changes are going to apply to the driver init sequence:
a. PF is going to re-configure all entries belonging to itself and
its child VFs in IGU CAM based on the management firmware info
regarding the number of SBs that are supposed to exist there.
b. PF is going to stop using the SB resource [management firmware
provided information] for anything but the initialization.
Instead, it would use the live-time counters it maintains for
the numbers.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A PF today holds 2 different arrays - one holding information
about the HW configuration and one holding information about
the SBs that are used by the protocol drivers.
These arrays aren't really connected - e.g., protocol driver
initializing a given SB would not mark the same SB as occupied
in the HW shadow array.
Move into a single array [at least for PFs] - hold the mapping
of the driver-protocol SBs on the HW entry which they configure.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IOV code is very intrusive in its manipulation of the status block
database.
Add a new auxiliary function to allow the PF to find an available unused
status block to configure for a specific VF's MSI-x vector.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current code assumes there's a known layout for SBs in the IGU,
where all the SBs of a single entity would be laid in consecutive
order of vectors.
While the assumption is still kept by management firmware, we already
have the necessary information to eliminate it, so no reason to keep
it in code.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We already have an API struct that contains interrupt-related
numbers. Use it to encapsulate all information relating to the
status of SBs as (used|free).
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An additional step for relaxing the IGU order assumption, we now add
an auxiliary function that can be used for finding the HW status block
that's associated with a given MSI-x vector.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In qed code, sb_id means 2 different things:
- An interrupt vector [usually when received as a parameter from
a protocol driver, but not only] that's associated with a status
block.
- An index to a status block entity existing in HW.
This patch renames the references to the HW entity, adding an 'igu_'
prefix to allow an easier distinction.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a first step for relaxing various assumptions done by driver
about the IGU mapping, the driver is now going to read the entire
IGU into a shadow copy, and mark in its database each status block
that's relevant for it.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Separate the portions controlling interrupt enablement form those
controlling the ability of HW to generate attentions.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver may sleep under a write spin lock, and the function
call path is:
qlcnic_82xx_hw_write_wx_2M (acquire the lock by write_lock_irqsave)
crb_win_lock
qlcnic_pcie_sem_lock
usleep_range
qlcnic_82xx_hw_read_wx_2M (acquire the lock by write_lock_irqsave)
crb_win_lock
qlcnic_pcie_sem_lock
usleep_range
To fix it, the usleep_range is replaced with udelay.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current implementation lacks the logic for providing management
firmware with RDMA-related statistics; [much] worse than that -
it logs such events by default to system logs.
Since the statistics' gathering is done periodically, using sufficiently
new management firmware the system logs would get filled with these
unnecessary prints.
For now, reduce the verbosity of the log so that it would not be
logged by default.
Fixes: 6c75424612 ("qed: Add support for NCSI statistics")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Improve PCI performance by adjusting padding sizes to match those of the
host machine's cacheline.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Parities might exhibit a flood behavior since we re-enable the
attention line without preventing the parity from re-triggering the
assertion.
Mask the source in AEU until the parity would be handled.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In strucuture reflecting the AEU hw block some entries
represent multiple HW bits, and the associated name is in fact
a pattern.
Today, whenever such an attention would be asserted the resulted
prints would show the pattern string instead of indicating which
of the possible bits was set.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are 4 attention bits in AEU that have different meaning
for QL45xxx and QL41xxx adapters.
Instead of doing a massive infrastructure change in favor of these
bits, we implement a point fix where only those four would change
meaning dependent on the adapter involved.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have almost all the necessary information regarding attentions
in the logic employed for taking register dumps.
Add some more and get rid of the seperate implementation we have today
for identifying & printing various attention sources.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case management firmware indicates a change in the used S-tag,
propagate the configuration to HW and FW.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The QL41xxx adapters' PCI allows a single configuration for the
MSI-x table size of all child VFs of a given PF.
The existing code wouldn't cause the management firmware to set
that value, meaning the VFs would retain the default MSI-x table
size.
Introduce a new scheme so that whenever a VF is enabled, driver
would set the number of MSI-x to be the maximum over the various
VFs' needs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Older firmware used by device didn't distinguish between RoCE and RoCE
V2 from DCBx configuration perspective, and as a result we've used to
take a the RoCE-related configuration and apply to it for both.
Since we now support configuring each its own values, there's no reason
to reflect [& configure] that both are using the same.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using a boolean value that propagates to FW configuration,
use the proper firmware HSI values.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some getters are not getting filled with the correct information
regarding local DCBx.
Fixes: 49632b5822 ("qed: Add support for static dcbx.")
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current API between qed and protocol modules allows passing an
additional private string - but it doesn't get utilized by qed
anywhere.
Clarify the API by removing it and renaming it 'set_name'.
CC: Manish Rangankar <Manish.Rangankar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace meaningless logged print ('Ending successfully qede probe')
with a single-liner containing interesting information about probed
device.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass additional information about package installed on persistent memory
so that protocol drivers would be able to log it.
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we're closing the parser searching for RDMA when stoping the
fastpath, we need to re-enable it when starting the fastpath once again.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Today, driver has a synchronization point while closing
the device which synchronizes its slowpath interrupt line.
However, that's insufficient as that ISR would schedule the
slowpath-tasklet - so even after ISR is over it's possible the
handling of the interrupt has not completed.
By doing a disable/enable on the taskelt we guarantee that all
HW events that should no longer be genereated from that point
onward in the flow are truly behind us.
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A0 never went public, so no need to protect against it.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The parameter reflects the number of physical ports connected to a single
engine, not all.
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case nvram layout of board is incorrect, board may exhibit peculiar
oddities. Log such a rare event.
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flows configuring tunnel ports in HW use the main_ptt which should
be reserved for core-functionality.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <Manish.Chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Solves the following warning in qede -
- Several cases of missing cpu_to_le16() conversions
- Adds 'static' to one function declaration
- Removes dcbnl operation that's currently getting populated twice
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <Manish.Chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include HWTSTAMP_FILTER_NTP_ALL in net_hwtstamp_validate() as a valid
filter and update drivers which can timestamp all packets, or which
explicitly list unsupported filters instead of using a default case, to
handle the filter.
CC: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
CC: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Miroslav Lichvar <mlichvar@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some variants of adapters support the 1G speed capability. Need to
allow the configuration of 1G speed if adapter supports it.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The management firmware HSI contains masks which are already
shifted to their right place, so QED_MFW_SET_FIELD() is clearing
incorrect fields by shifting the mask by the offset.
Luckily, today we set the fields in an incrementing order [so we're
not erasing any previously set fields], but this still needs fixing.
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is benign, but it makes more sense to start the close sequence
only after changing the internal state [in case it would once care].
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If too many CQs are requested, qed would print the available
number as if it's a resource and not a feature leading to the
wrong print.
Fixes: 08737a3fa3 ("qed: Inform qedi the number of possible CQs")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Re-organize the logic that allocates and frees memory of various
sub-components of the hw-function -
a. No need to pass pointers to said structure as parameters;
The internal logic knows exactly where to find/set the data.
b. Nullify pointers after cleanup to prevent possible errors to
re-entrant code.
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver maintains its primary MAC in a private field which
gets updated when ndo_dev_set_mac() gets called.
However, there are flows where the primary MAC of the device can change
without said NDO being called [bond device in TLB mode configuring
slaves' addresses], resulting in a configuration where there's a mismatch
between what's apparent to user [the netdevice's value] and what's
configured in the HW [the private value].
As we don't have any real motivation of maintaining this
private field, simply remove it and start using the netdevice's
field instead.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When destroying the datapath channels, qede doesn't notify qed of the
released status blocks which were acquired during the initialization.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver always allocates the maximal number of tx-buffers irrespective of
actual Tx ring config.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When management firmware declares that the device is WoL-capable,
the default driver behavior would be to allow the management firmware
to take the decision of whether it's actually needed or not.
Problem is ethtool interface doesn't have a 'default' kind
of option, and user would see the interface WoL as disabled,
which doesn't accurately reflect the actual configuration.
More-so, if the user actually wants to explicitly disable WoL he'd have
to first enable it [otherwise ethtool would block the command].
Instead of allowing management to make the decision, enable WoL by
default on all devices capable of it.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove including <linux/version.h> that is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This pushes qed [and as result, all qed* drivers] into using 8.20.0.0
firmware. The changes are mostly contained in qed with minor changes
to qedi due to some HSI changes.
Content-wise, the firmware contains fixes to various issues exposed
since the release of the previous firmware, including:
- Corrects iSCSI fast retransmit when data digest is enabled.
- Stop draining packets when receiving several consecutive PFCs.
- Prevent possible assertion when consecutively opening/closing
many connections.
- Prevent possible assertion due to too long BDQ fetch time.
In addition, the new firmware would allow us to later add iWARP support
in qed and qedr.
Changes from previous version
-----------------------------
- V2: Fix warning in qed_debug.c
Signed-off-by: Chad Dupuis <Chad.Dupuis@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Rangankar <Manish.Rangankar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current memset is using incorrect type of variable, causing the
upper-half of the strucutre to be left uninitialized and causing:
ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_init_fw_funcs.c: In function 'qed_set_rfs_mode_disable':
ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_init_fw_funcs.c:993:3: error: '*((void *)&ramline+4)' is used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=uninitialized]
Fixes: d51e4af5c2 ("qed: aRFS infrastructure support")
Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bumping up the version as couple of fixes added after 5.3.65
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently driver returns error on speed configurations
for 83xx adapter's non XGBE ports, due to this link doesn't
come up on the ports using 1000Base-T as a connector with
autoneg disabled. This patch fixes this with initializing
appropriate port type based on queried module/connector
types from hardware before any speed/autoneg configuration.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently rcode is being initialized to NX_RCODE_SUCCESS and later it
is checked to see if it is not NX_RCODE_SUCCESS which is never true. It
appears that there is an unintentional missing assignment of rcode from
the return of the call to netxen_issue_cmd() that was dropped in
an earlier fix, so add it in.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#401900 ("Logically dead code")
Fixes: 2dcd5d95ad ("netxen_nic: fix cdrp race condition")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix multiqueue in stmmac driver on PCI, from Andy Shevchenko.
2) cdc_ncm doesn't actually fully zero out the padding area is
allocates on TX, from Jim Baxter.
3) Don't leak map addresses in BPF verifier, from Daniel Borkmann.
4) If we randomize TCP timestamps, we have to do it everywhere
including SYN cookies. From Eric Dumazet.
5) Fix "ethtool -S" crash in aquantia driver, from Pavel Belous.
6) Fix allocation size for ntp filter bitmap in bnxt_en driver, from
Dan Carpenter.
7) Add missing memory allocation return value check to DSA loop driver,
from Christophe Jaillet.
8) Fix XDP leak on driver unload in qed driver, from Suddarsana Reddy
Kalluru.
9) Don't inherit MC list from parent inet connection sockets, another
syzkaller spotted gem. Fix from Eric Dumazet.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (43 commits)
dccp/tcp: do not inherit mc_list from parent
qede: Split PF/VF ndos.
qed: Correct doorbell configuration for !4Kb pages
qed: Tell QM the number of tasks
qed: Fix VF removal sequence
qede: Fix XDP memory leak on unload
net/mlx4_core: Reduce harmless SRIOV error message to debug level
net/mlx4_en: Avoid adding steering rules with invalid ring
net/mlx4_en: Change the error print to debug print
drivers: net: wimax: i2400m: i2400m-usb: Use time_after for time comparison
DECnet: Use container_of() for embedded struct
Revert "ipv4: restore rt->fi for reference counting"
net: mdio-mux: bcm-iproc: call mdiobus_free() in error path
net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: adjust cpsw fifos depth for fullduplex flow control
ipv6: reorder ip6_route_dev_notifier after ipv6_dev_notf
net: cdc_ncm: Fix TX zero padding
stmmac: pci: split out common_default_data() helper
stmmac: pci: RX queue routing configuration
stmmac: pci: TX and RX queue priority configuration
stmmac: pci: set default number of rx and tx queues
...
PFs and VFs share the same structure of NDOs today,
and the VFs explicitly fails the ndo_xdp() callback stating
it doesn't support XDP.
This results in lots of:
[qede_xdp:1032(enp131s2)]VFs don't support XDP
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 4 PID: 1426 at net/core/rtnetlink.c:1637 rtnl_dump_ifinfo+0x354/0x3c0
...
Call Trace:
? __alloc_skb+0x9b/0x1d0
netlink_dump+0x122/0x290
netlink_recvmsg+0x27d/0x430
sock_recvmsg+0x3d/0x50
...
As every dump request for the VF interface info would fail due to
rtnl_xdp_fill() returning an error code.
To resolve this, introduce a subset of the NDOs meant for the VF
in a seperate structure and register that one instead for VFs,
and omit the ndo_xdp initialization.
Fixes: 40b8c45492 ("qede: Prevent VFs from using XDP")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When configuring the doorbell DPI address, driver aligns the start
address to 4KB [HW-pages] instead of host PAGE_SIZE.
As a result, RoCE applications might receive addresses which are
unaligned to pages [when PAGE_SIZE > 4KB], which is a security risk.
Fixes: 51ff17251c ("qed: Add support for RoCE hw init")
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver doesn't pass the number of tasks to the QM init logic
which would cause back-pressure in scenarios requiring many tasks
[E.g., using max MRs] and thus reduced performance.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After previos changes in HW-stop scheme, VFs stopped sending CLOSE
messages to their PFs when they unload.
Fixes: 1226337ad9 ("qed: Correct HW stop flow")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When (re|un)loading, Tx-queues belonging to XDP would not get freed.
Fixes: cb6aeb0792 ("qede: Add support for XDP_TX")
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using memcpy() from a string that is shorter than the length copied means
the destination buffer is being filled with arbitrary data from the kernel
rodata segment. Instead, use strncpy() which will fill the trailing bytes
with zeros.
This was found with the future CONFIG_FORTIFY_SOURCE feature.
Cc: Daniel Micay <danielmicay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fail the configuration of advertised speed-autoneg value if the config
update is not supported.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver currently uses advertised-autoneg value to populate the
supported-autoneg field. When advertised field is updated, user gets
the same value for supported field. Supported-autoneg value need to be
populated from the link capabilities value returned by the MFW.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Value for status block id could be more than 256 in 100G mode, need to
update its data type from u8 to u16.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PTP hardware filter configuration performed by the driver for a given
user requested config is not correct for some of the PTP modes.
Following changes are needed for PTP config-filter implementation.
1. NIG_REG_TX_PTP_EN register - Bits 0/1/2 respectively enables
TimeSync/"V1 frame format support"/"V2 frame format support" on
the TX side. Set the associated bits based on the user request.
2. ptp4l application fails to operate in Peer Delay mode. Following
changes are needed to fix this,
a. Driver should enable (set to 0) DA #1-related bits for IPv4,
IPv6 and MAC destination addresses in these registers:
NIG_REG_TX_LLH_PTP_RULE_MASK
NIG_REG_LLH_PTP_RULE_MASK
b. NIG_REG_LLH_PTP_PARAM_MASK/NIG_REG_TX_LLH_PTP_PARAM_MASK should
be set to 0x0 in all modes.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PTP Tx timestamping data structures are not protected against the
concurrent access in the Tx paths. Protecting the same using atomic
bit locks.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After removing the PTP related initialization from slowpath start,
the remaining PTT entry is required only in case CONFIG_RFS_ACCEL is set.
Otherwise, it leads to a warning due to it being unused.
Fixes: d179bd1699 ("qed: Acquire/release ptt_ptp lock when enabling/disabling PTP")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Output to the RDMA driver whether DPM mode is enabled or disabled in
the HW and if so what is the number of WIDs it supports
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When calculating doorbell BAR partitioning round up the number of
CPUs to the nearest power of 2 so the size of the DPI (per user
section) configured in the hardware will be stored properly and
not truncated.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add mechanism to verify RoCE resources are released prior to freeing the
bitmaps. If this is not the case, print what resources were not released.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the posting of the ramrod for the purpose of TID deregistration
fails, abort the deregistration operation without using the FW's
return code.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The internal RoCE SQE QP state isn't being used. Instead we mark the
QP as in regular error state.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My static checker complains that we're holding a mutex on this error
path. Let's goto exit instead of returning directly.
Fixes: b0bccb69eb ("qed: Change locking scheme for VF channel")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the code for acquiring/releasing ptt_ptp lock to ptp specific
implementations i.e., ptp_enable()/disable() respectively.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch deletes the qed_ptp.h file which is not required.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds necessary changes to the driver to use qed resource
locking functionality. Currently the ptp initialization is spread
between driver probe/open implementations, associated APIs are
qede_ptp_register_phc()/qede_ptp_start(). Clubbed this functionality
into single API qed_ptp_enable() to simplify the usage of qed resource
locking implementation. The new API will be invoked in the probe path.
Similarly the ptp clean-up code is moved to qede_ptp_disable() which
gets invoked in the driver unload path.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds support for per-port resource lock in favour of PTP.
PTP module acquires/releases the MFW resource lock while enabling/
disabling the PTP on the interface. The PF instance which has the
ownership of this resource lock will get the exclusive access to the
PTP clock functionality on the port.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds API for default initialization of the MFW resource
locking.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sizeof() when applied to a pointer typed expression gives the
size of the pointer, not that of the pointed data.
Fixes: b5a9ee7cf3 ("qed: Revise QM configuration")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DCBX app_data array is initialized with the incorrect values for
personality field. This would prevent offloaded protocols from
honoring the PFC.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds hardware channel APIs support between
VF and PF for tunnelling configuration for the VFs.
According to that configuration VFs can run VXLAN/GENEVE/GRE
tunnels over it with tunnel features offloaded.
Using these APIs VF can also request for UDP ports configuration
to the PF, although PF and it's child VFs share the same port.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for UDP ports in bulletin board
to notify UDP ports change to the VFs
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch configures UDP ports locally instead of
configuring them in deferred context which would be
helpful in synchronizing UDP ports configuration for VFs
which will be enabled in further patches.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch disables tunnel offloads via ndo_features_check()
if given UDP port is not offloaded to hardware. This in turn
allows to run multiple tunnel interfaces using different UDP ports.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables tunnel feature offloads based on hw configuration
at initialization time instead of enabling them always.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the tunnel APIs to use per tunnel
info instead of using bitmasks for all tunnels and also
uses single struct to hold the data to prepare multiple
variant of tunnel configuration ramrods to be sent to the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Function pci_find_ext_capability() may return 0, which is an invalid
address. In function qlcnic_sriov_virtid_fn(), its return value is used
without validation. This may result in invalid memory access bugs. This
patch fixes the bug.
Signed-off-by: Pan Bian <bianpan2016@163.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds driver support for static/local dcbx mode. In this mode
adapter brings up the dcbx link with locally configured parameters
instead of performing the dcbx negotiation with the peer. The feature
is useful when peer device/switch doesn't support dcbx.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the older firmware there was no distinction between RoCE and RoCEv2
whereas the newer firmware (8.15.3.0) allows us to configure each
independently. Driver need to populate the RoCEv2 data in its specific
structure.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both conflict were simple overlapping changes.
In the kaweth case, Eric Dumazet's skb_cow() bug fix overlapped the
conversion of the driver in net-next to use in-netdev stats.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change ieee_setpfc() callback implementation to populate traffic class
count with the user provided value.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qed_dcbnl_get_dcbx() API uses kmalloc in GFT_KERNEL mode. The API gets
invoked in the interrupt context by qed_dcbnl_getdcbx callback. Need
to invoke this kmalloc in atomic mode.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PFC error-mask value is not supported by MFW, but this bit could be
set in the pfc bit-map of the operational parameters if remote device
supports it. These operational parameters are used as basis for
populating the dcbx config parameters. User provided configs will be
applied on top of these parameters and then send them to MFW when
requested. Driver need to clear the error-mask bit before sending the
config parameters to MFW.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some adapters may not publish the max_tc value. Populate the default
value for max_tc field in case the mfw didn't provide one.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We've got the number of longs, yes, but we should multiply by
sizeof(long) to get the number of bytes needed.
Fixes: e4917d46a6 ("qede: Add aRFS support")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for aRFS for TCP and UDP
protocols with IPv4/IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds necessary APIs to interface with
qede aRFS support in successive patch.
It also reserves separate PTT entry for aRFS,
[as being in fastpath flow] for hardware access instead of
trying to acquire it at run time from the ptt pool.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case an XDP program is attached, reserve XDP_PACKET_HEADROOM
bytes at the beginning of the packet for the program to play
with.
Modify the XDP logic in the driver to fill-in the missing bits
and re-calculate offsets and length after the program has finished
running to properly reflect the current status of the packet.
We can then go and remove the limitation of not supporting XDP programs
where xdp_adjust_head is set.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver currently doesn't support any headroom; The only 'available'
space it has in the head of the buffer is due to the placement
offset.
In order to allow [later] support of XDP adjustment of headroom,
modify the the ingress flow to properly handle a scenario where
the packets would have such.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current implementation of VFs is very tight in regard to queue
resources. VFs support for XDP would require quite a bit of additional
infrastructure in qede and qed [sharing of queue-zones between queues,
more VF cids, mapping of the doorbell bar, etc.].
For now, prevent XDP programs from being attached to VFs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver is currently using dma_unmap_single() with the address it
passed to device for the purpose of forwarding, but the XDP
transmission buffer was originally a page allocated for the rx-queue.
The mapped address is likely to differ from the original mapped
address due to the placement offset.
This difference is going to get even bigger once we support headroom.
Cache the original mapped address of the page, and use it for unmapping
of the buffer when completion arrives for the XDP forwarded packet.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, each time an ingress packet is passed to networking stack
the driver increments a per-queue SW statistic.
As we want to have additional fields in the first cache-line of the
Rx-queue struct, change flow so this statistic would be updated once per
NAPI run. We will later push the statistic to a different cache line.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to maintain the various open archipelagos as a list -
The maximal number of them is known, and we can use the CID
as key for random-access into the array.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@caviumc.om>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Management firmware can query for some basic iSCSI-related statistics.
Provide those just as we do for other protocols.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that management firmware is capable of telling us the number of CQs
available for a given PF, qed needs to communicate the number to qedi
so it would know have many to use.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware provides a statistic for the number of out-of-order isles
it used - fill it in the iscsi-related statistics.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before initializing the chip's engine, driver currently closes a set
of registers on the HW's ingress flow to prevent packets from slipping
in while they're not supposed to.
This configuration is insufficient, as there are some scenarios where
packets would still arrive even when said registers are set,
but the management firmware already closes other per-port registers
that do suffice, making this setting unnecessray.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Default HW configuration is optimal for an architecture where cache
line size is 64B.
During chip initialization, properly initialize the cache line size
in HW to avoid possible redundant PCI transactions.
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to access HW registers driver needs to acquire a PTT entry
[mapping between bar memory and internal chip address].
Since acquiring PTT entries could fail [at least in theory] as their
number is finite and other flows can hold them, we reserve special PTT
entries for 'important' enough flows - ones we want to guarantee that
would not be susceptible to such issues.
One such special entry is the 'main' PTT which is meant to be used in
flows such as chip initialization and de-initialization.
However, there are other flows that are also using that same entry
for their own purpose, and might run concurrently with the original
flows [notice that for most cases using the main-ptt by mistake, such
a race is still impossible, at least today].
This patch re-organizes the various functions that currently use the
main_ptt in one of two ways:
- If a function shouldn't use the main_ptt it starts acquiring and
releasing it's own PTT entry and use it instead. Notice if those
functions previously couldn't fail, they now can [as acquisition
might fail].
- Change the prototypes so that the main_ptt would be received as
a parameter [instead of explicitly accessing it].
This prevents the future risk of adding codes that introduces new
use-cases for flows using the main_ptt, ones that might be in race
with the actual 'main' flows.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Verma <Rahul.Verma@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PTT entries are per-hwfn; If some errneous flow is trying
to use a PTT belonging to a differnet hwfn warn user, as this
can break every register accessing flow later and is very hard
to root-cause.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While unlikely, this makes sure the workqueue name won't be processed
as a format string.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When qedr is enabled, qed would try dividing the msi-x vectors between
L2 and RoCE, starting with L2 and providing it with sufficient vectors
for its queues.
Problem is qed would also do that for storage partitions, and as those
don't need queues it would lead qed to award those partitions with 0
msi-x vectors, causing them to believe theye're using INTa and
preventing them from operating.
Fixes: 51ff17251c ("qed: Add support for RoCE hw init")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There seems to be a missing break on the OOO_LB_TC case, pq_id
is being assigned and then re-assigned on the fall through default
case and that seems suspect.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1424402 ("Missing break in switch")
Fixes: b5a9ee7cf3 ("qed: Revise QM cofiguration")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should be returning -ENOMEM if qed_mcp_cmd_add_elem() fails. The
current code returns success.
Fixes: 4ed1eea82a ("qed: Revise MFW command locking")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's possible some configurations would prevent driver from utilizing
all the Memory Regions due to a lack of ILT lines.
In such a case, calculate how many memory regions would have to be
dropped due to limit, and manage without those.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As RoCE doesn't need to use the SRC, allocating ILT memory
on behalf of RoCE is wasting available ILT lines.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As of today there's no protocol supported that requires
support from the TM hardware block and enables SRIOV,
but we should still correct the calculation to reflect
the lines required for such future VFs instead of changing
the PF's own lines.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When configuring the HW timers block we should set the number of CIDs
up until the last CID that require timers, instead of only those CIDs
whose protocol needs timers support.
Today, the protocols that require HW timers' support have their CIDs
before any other protocol, but that would change in future [when we
add iWARP support].
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor and clean up the queue manager initialization logic.
Also, this adds support for RoC low latency queues, which later
would be used for improving RoCE latency in high throughput scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Until now, qed used some port-defined value as BDQ index for both iSCSI
and FCoE.
As management firmware now treats BDQ as a resource and tells each PF
its BDQ-range, start using a valure from that range instead.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Management firmware is used as an arbiter between the various PFs
in matters of resources, but some of the resources that need to
be divided are dependent on the non-management firmware used,
so management firmware first needs to be told how many resources
there are before trying to divide them.
As part of the initialization sequence, driver would first inform
the management firmware of the available resources under
a dedicated resource lock, and afterwards request for various
resources which might be based on the previous set values.
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Global locking can't properly be used to synchronize between different
PFs in all scenarios, as those instances might reside in different
logical partitions [e.g., when a PF is assigned via PDA to some VM].
The management firmware provides a generic infrastructure for
device locks. For each 'resource', it's guaranteed it could be acquired
by at most a single PF at any given time [or by management firmware].
This patch adds the necessary logic in qed for utilizing said
infrastructure, implementing lock/unlock internal APIs.
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During HW initialization, driver would set various registers to their
needed values - but it assumes all registers start at their reset-value,
so there's no need to re-configure a register's default value.
This assumption might be incorrect, e.g., in case of preboot driver
running and initializing the driver prior to our driver.
To overcome this, we now ask management firmware to initiate a PF-flr
early during the initialization sequence. That would return everything
in the PF's scope back to default and prevent previous configurations
from still being applied.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Management firmware is used as an arbiter between the various PFs
in regard to loading - it causes the various PFs to load/unload
sequentially and informs each of its appropriate rule in the init.
But the existing flow is too weak to handle some scenarios where
PFs aren't properly cleaned prior to loading.
The significant scenarios falling under this criteria:
a. Preboot drivers in some environment can't properly unload.
b. Unexpected driver replacement [kdump, PDA].
Modern management firmware supports a more intricate loading flow,
where the driver has the ability to overcome previous limitations.
This moves qed into using this newer scheme.
Notice new scheme is backward compatible, so new drivers would
still be able to load properly on top of older management firmwares
and vice versa.
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We'll soon need additional information, so start by changing
the infrastructure to receive the initializing variables
via a parameter struct.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Management firmware is used as arbiter between different PFs
which are loading/unloading, but in order to use the synchronization
it offers the contending configurations need to be applied either
between their LOAD_REQ <-> LOAD_DONE or UNLOAD_REQ <-> UNLOAD_DONE
management firmware commands.
Existing HW stop flow utilizes 2 different functions: qed_hw_stop() and
qed_hw_reset() which don't abide this requirement; Most of the closure
is doing outside the scope of the unload request.
This patch removes qed_hw_reset() and places the relevant stop
functionality underneath the management firmware protection.
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Align the driver feature distribution with the flow utilized
by the management firmware - first reserve L2 queues for
VFs and use all the remaining for the PF.
The current distribution might lead to PFs with an enormous
amount of queues, but at the same time leave us with insufficient
resources for starting all VFs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When RoCE is enabled on a given L2 interface, the interrupt lines
are divided equally between L2 and RoCE -
But in case number of lines needed for RoCE is limited by number
of available CNQs, we can utilize the additional lines for L2.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Management firmware and driver are meant to be both backward and forward
compatibile with each other.
If a new mangement firmware would work with an older driver,
it's possible that driver would receive indications which are meaningless
to it. That's perfectly acceptible from the firmware part - so no need to
log such messages at default verbosity; That would only serve to confuse
users.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The management firmware is running on a Big Endian processor,
and when running on LE platform HW is configured to swap access
to memory shared between management firmware and driver on
32-bit granulariy.
As a result, for matters of simplicity most of the APIs between
driver and management firmware are based on 32-bit variables.
MAC settings are one exception, as driver needs to fill a byte
array when indicating to management firmware that primary MAC
has changed.
Due to the swap, driver must make sure that the mac that was
provided in byte-order would be translated into native order,
otherwise after the swap the management firmware would read
it swapped.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver interaction with management firmware involves a union
of all the data-members relating to the commands the driver prepares.
Current interface assumes the caller always passes such a union -
but thats cumbersome as well as risky [chancing a stack corruption
in case caller accidentally passes a smaller member instead of union].
Change implementation so that caller could pass a pointer to any
of the members instead of the union.
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Interaction of driver -> management firmware is based
on a one-pending mailbox [per interface], and various
mailbox commands need to be synchronized.
Current scheme is messy, and there's a difficulty extending
it as it deals differently with various commands as well as
making assumption on the required behavior for load/unload
requests.
Drop the current scheme into a completion-list-based approach;
Each flow would try sending the command when possible,
allowing one flow to complete another flow's completion and
relieve the mailbox before sending its own command.
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The link information exists only on the leading hwfn,
but some of its derivatives [e.g., min/max rate] need to
be configured for each hwfn.
When re-basing the VF link view, use the leading hwfn
information as basis for all existing hwfns to allow
said configurations to stick.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Malicious VF existance should be interesting enough for the
hyperuser. Change the PF indication that one of its child VF
became malicious to appear by default.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PF<->VF interface allows for the VF to request
multiple queues closure via a single message, but this has
never been used by any official driver.
We now deprecate this option, forcing each queue close
to arrive via a different command; This would be required
for future TLVs that are going to extend the queue TLVs with
additional information on a per-queue basis.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PF needs to validate the status of VF queues before asking firmware
to configure anything for them, but that validation is done in various
different forms - sometimes inadequate.
Add auxillary functions that can be used for testing of the queue
state and convert the various flows to use those instead of current
existing flows; Also, add missing validations where needed.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When starting the VF's vport, the PF would first configure
the status blocks of the VF and then reset them.
That would cause some of the configured information to be lost -
specifically it would mean that all the VFs queues would use
the Rx coalescing state-machine of the status block.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When PF responds to the VF requests it also cleans the HW-channel
indication in firmware to allow further VF messages to arrive,
but the order currently applied is wrong -
The PF is copying by DMAE the response the VF is polling on for
completion, and only afterwards sets the HW-channel to ready state.
This creates a race condition where the VF would be able to send
an additional message to the PF before the channel would get ready
again, causing the firmware to consider the VF as malicious.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a VF is considered malicious, driver handling of the VF
FLR flow would clean said indication - but not if the FLR is
part of an sriov-disable flow.
That leads to further issues, as PF wouldn't re-enable the
previously malicious VF when sriov is re-enabled.
No reason for that - simply clean malicious indications in
the sriov-disable flow as well.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VFs are currently logging errors when communicating
with their PFs in a too-low verbosity that wouldn't
be shown by default. As timeouts and failed commands
are crucial for VF operability, make them appear by
default.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At the end of the timeout loop, retries will always be zero so
the check for zero is redundant so remove it. Also replace
printk with pr_err as recommended by checkpatch.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/genet/bcmgenet.c
net/core/sock.c
Conflicts were overlapping changes in bcmgenet and the
lockdep handling of sockets.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Ensure that mtu is at least IPV6_MIN_MTU in ipv6 VTI tunnel driver,
from Steffen Klassert.
2) Fix crashes when user tries to get_next_key on an LPM bpf map, from
Alexei Starovoitov.
3) Fix detection of VLAN fitlering feature for bnx2x VF devices, from
Michal Schmidt.
4) We can get a divide by zero when TCP socket are morphed into
listening state, fix from Eric Dumazet.
5) Fix socket refcounting bugs in skb_complete_wifi_ack() and
skb_complete_tx_timestamp(). From Eric Dumazet.
6) Use after free in dccp_feat_activate_values(), also from Eric
Dumazet.
7) Like bonding team needs to use ETH_MAX_MTU as netdev->max_mtu, from
Jarod Wilson.
8) Fix use after free in vrf_xmit(), from David Ahern.
9) Don't do UDP Fragmentation Offload on IPComp ipsec packets, from
Alexey Kodanev.
10) Properly check napi_complete_done() return value in order to decide
whether to re-enable IRQs or not in amd-xgbe driver, from Thomas
Lendacky.
11) Fix double free of hwmon device in marvell phy driver, from Andrew
Lunn.
12) Don't crash on malformed netlink attributes in act_connmark, from
Etienne Noss.
13) Don't remove routes with a higher metric in ipv6 ECMP route replace,
from Sabrina Dubroca.
14) Don't write into a cloned SKB in ipv6 fragmentation handling, from
Florian Westphal.
15) Fix routing redirect races in dccp and tcp, basically the ICMP
handler can't modify the socket's cached route in it's locked by the
user at this moment. From Jon Maxwell.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (108 commits)
qed: Enable iSCSI Out-of-Order
qed: Correct out-of-bound access in OOO history
qed: Fix interrupt flags on Rx LL2
qed: Free previous connections when releasing iSCSI
qed: Fix mapping leak on LL2 rx flow
qed: Prevent creation of too-big u32-chains
qed: Align CIDs according to DORQ requirement
mlxsw: reg: Fix SPVMLR max record count
mlxsw: reg: Fix SPVM max record count
net: Resend IGMP memberships upon peer notification.
dccp: fix memory leak during tear-down of unsuccessful connection request
tun: fix premature POLLOUT notification on tun devices
dccp/tcp: fix routing redirect race
ucc/hdlc: fix two little issue
vxlan: fix ovs support
net: use net->count to check whether a netns is alive or not
bridge: drop netfilter fake rtable unconditionally
ipv6: avoid write to a possibly cloned skb
net: wimax/i2400m: fix NULL-deref at probe
isdn/gigaset: fix NULL-deref at probe
...
This adds the necessary infrastructure changes for initializing
and working with the new series of QL41xxx adapaters.
It also adds 2 new PCI device-IDs to qede:
- 0x8070 for QL41xxx PFs
- 0x8090 for VFs spawning from QL41xxx PFs
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Missing in the initial submission, qed fails to propagate qedi's
request to enable OOO to firmware.
Fixes: fc831825f9 ("qed: Add support for hardware offloaded iSCSI")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Need to set the number of entries in database, otherwise the logic
would quickly surpass the array.
Fixes: 1d6cff4fca ("qed: Add iSCSI out of order packet handling")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before iterating over the the LL2 Rx ring, the ring's
spinlock is taken via spin_lock_irqsave().
The actual processing of the packet [including handling
by the protocol driver] is done without said lock,
so qed releases the spinlock and re-claims it afterwards.
Problem is that the final spin_lock_irqrestore() at the end
of the iteration uses the original flags saved from the
initial irqsave() instead of the flags from the most recent
irqsave(). So it's possible that the interrupt status would
be incorrect at the end of the processing.
Fixes: 0a7fb11c23 ("qed: Add Light L2 support");
CC: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: fc831825f9 ("qed: Add support for hardware offloaded iSCSI")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When receiving an Rx LL2 packet, qed fails to unmap the previous buffer.
Fixes: 0a7fb11c23 ("qed: Add Light L2 support");
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current Logic would allow the creation of a chain with U32_MAX + 1
elements, when the actual maximum supported by the driver infrastructure
is U32_MAX.
Fixes: a91eb52abb ("qed: Revisit chain implementation")
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Doorbell HW block can be configured at a granularity
of 16 x CIDs, so we need to make sure that the actual number
of CIDs configured would be a multiplication of 16.
Today, when RoCE is enabled - given that the number is unaligned,
doorbelling the higher CIDs would fail to reach the firmware and
would eventually timeout.
Fixes: dbb799c397 ("qed: Initialize hardware for new protocols")
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch advances the qed* drivers into using the newer firmware -
This solves several firmware bugs, mostly related [but not limited to]
various init/deinit issues in various offloaded protocols.
It also introduces a major 4-Cached SGE change in firmware, which can be
seen in the storage drivers' changes.
In addition, this firmware is required for supporting the new QL41xxx
series of adapters; While this patch doesn't add the actual support,
the firmware contains the necessary initialization & firmware logic to
operate such adapters [actual support would be added later on].
Changes from Previous versions:
-------------------------------
- V2 - fix kbuild-test robot warnings
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Rangankar <Manish.Rangankar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Chad Dupuis <Chad.Dupuis@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt:
overide||override
While we are here, fix the doubled "address" in the touched line
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/ti-abb-regulator.txt.
Also, fix the comment block style in the touched hunks in
drivers/media/dvb-frontends/drx39xyj/drx_driver.h.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-21-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt:
disble||disable
disbled||disabled
I kept the TSL2563_INT_DISBLED in /drivers/iio/light/tsl2563.c
untouched. The macro is not referenced at all, but this commit is
touching only comment blocks just in case.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-20-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
In qed_ll2_start_ooo() the ll2_info variable is uninitialized and then
passed to qed_ll2_acquire_connection() where it is copied into a new
memory space.
This shouldn't cause any issue as long as non of the copied memory is
every read.
But the potential for a bug being introduced by reading this memory
is real.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1399632 ("Uninitialized scalar variable")
Signed-off-by: Robert Foss <robert.foss@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Don't save TIPC header values before the header has been validated,
from Jon Paul Maloy.
2) Fix memory leak in RDS, from Zhu Yanjun.
3) We miss to initialize the UID in the flow key in some paths, from
Julian Anastasov.
4) Fix latent TOS masking bug in the routing cache removal from years
ago, also from Julian.
5) We forget to set the sockaddr port in sctp_copy_local_addr_list(),
fix from Xin Long.
6) Missing module ref count drop in packet scheduler actions, from
Roman Mashak.
7) Fix RCU annotations in rht_bucket_nested, from Herbert Xu.
8) Fix use after free which happens because L2TP's ipv4 support returns
non-zero values from it's backlog_rcv function which ipv4 interprets
as protocol values. Fix from Paul Hüber.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (35 commits)
qed: Don't use attention PTT for configuring BW
qed: Fix race with multiple VFs
l2tp: avoid use-after-free caused by l2tp_ip_backlog_recv
xfrm: provide correct dst in xfrm_neigh_lookup
rhashtable: Fix RCU dereference annotation in rht_bucket_nested
rhashtable: Fix use before NULL check in bucket_table_free
net sched actions: do not overwrite status of action creation.
rxrpc: Kernel calls get stuck in recvmsg
net sched actions: decrement module reference count after table flush.
lib: Allow compile-testing of parman
ipv6: check sk sk_type and protocol early in ip_mroute_set/getsockopt
sctp: set sin_port for addr param when checking duplicate address
net/mlx4_en: fix overflow in mlx4_en_init_timestamp()
netfilter: nft_set_bitmap: incorrect bitmap size
net: s2io: fix typo argumnet argument
net: vxge: fix typo argumnet argument
netfilter: nf_ct_expect: Change __nf_ct_expect_check() return value.
ipv4: mask tos for input route
ipv4: add missing initialization for flowi4_uid
lib: fix spelling mistake: "actualy" -> "actually"
...
Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt:
partiton||partition
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-7-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Commit 653d2ffd6405 ("qed*: Fix link indication race") introduced another
race - one of the inner functions called from the link-change flow is
explicitly using the slowpath context dedicated PTT instead of gaining
that PTT from the caller. Since this flow can now be called from
a different context as well, we're in risk of the PTT breaking.
Fixes: 653d2ffd6405 ("qed*: Fix link indication race")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A PF syncronizes all IOV activity relating to its VFs
by using a single workqueue handling the work.
The workqueue would reach a bitmask of pending VF events
and act upon each in turn.
Problem is that the indication of a VF message [which sets
the 'vf event' bit for that VF] arrives and is set in
the slowpath attention context, which isn't syncronized with
the processing of the events.
When multiple VFs are present, it's possible that PF would
lose the indication of one of the VF's pending evens, leading
that VF to later timeout.
Instead of adding locks/barriers, simply move from a bitmask
into a per-VF indication inside that VF entry in the PF database.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Declare bin_attribute structures as const as they are only passed as an
arguments to the functions device_remove_bin_file and
device_create_bin_file. These function arguments are of type const, so
bin_attribute structures having this property can be made const too.
Done using Coccinelle:
@r1 disable optional_qualifier @
identifier i;
position p;
@@
static struct bin_attribute i@p = {...};
@ok1@
identifier r1.i;
position p,p1;
@@
(
device_remove_bin_file(...,&i@p)
|
device_create_bin_file(..., &i@p1)
)
@bad@
position p!={r1.p,ok1.p,ok1.p1};
identifier r1.i;
@@
i@p
@depends on !bad disable optional_qualifier@
identifier r1.i;
@@
+const
struct bin_attribute i;
Signed-off-by: Bhumika Goyal <bhumirks@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Declare bin_attribute structures as const as they are only passed as an
arguments to the functions device_remove_bin_file and
device_create_bin_file. These function arguments are of type const, so
bin_attribute structures having this property can be made const too.
Done using Coccinelle:
@r1 disable optional_qualifier @
identifier i;
position p;
@@
static struct bin_attribute i@p = {...};
@ok1@
identifier r1.i;
position p,p1;
@@
(
device_remove_bin_file(...,&i@p)
|
device_create_bin_file(..., &i@p1)
)
@bad@
position p!={r1.p,ok1.p,ok1.p1};
identifier r1.i;
@@
i@p
@depends on !bad disable optional_qualifier@
identifier r1.i;
@@
+const
struct bin_attribute i;
Signed-off-by: Bhumika Goyal <bhumirks@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver changes the link properties via communication with
the management firmware, and re-reads the resulting link status
when it receives an indication that the link has changed.
However, there are certain scenarios where such indications
might be missing, and so driver also re-reads the current link
results without attention in several places. Specifically, it
does so during load and when resetting the link.
This creates a race where driver might reflect incorrect
link status - e.g., when explicit reading of the link status is
switched by attention with the changed configuration.
Correct this flow by a lock syncronizing the handling of the
link indications [both explicit requests and attention].
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flows accessing registers require the flow to hold a PTT entry.
To protect 'major' load/unload flows a main_ptt is pre-allocated
to guarantee such flows wouldn't be blocked by PTT being
unavailable.
Status block initialization currently uses the main_ptt which
is incorrect, as this flow might run concurrently to others
[E.g., loading qedr while toggling qede]. That would have dire
effects as it means registers' access to device breaks and further
read/writes might access incorrect addresses.
Instead, when initializing status blocks acquire/release a PTT
as part of the flow.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver currently utilizes the same loop variable in two
nested loops.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VF learns of the current link state via its bulletin board,
which might reflect either the physical link state or some
user-configured logical state.
Whenever the physical link changes or whnever such a configuration
is explicitly made by user the PF driver would update the bulletin
that the VF reads. But if neither has happened - i.e., PF still
hasn't got a physical link up and no additional configuration was
done the VF wouldn't have a valid link information available.
Simply reflect the physical link state whenever the VF is
initialized. The user could then affect it however he wants.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qed needs to be informed of the removal of the qede interface
prior to its actual removal, as qede has some registered callbacks
that might get called async to the removal flow.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Need to make sure the slowpath workqueue and the qede lock
are ready for the registration of the netdevice, as once
registered there's no guarantee those wouldn't be used.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reserving doorbell BAR space according to the currently active CPUs
may result in a bug if disabled CPUs are later enabled but no
doorbell space was reserved for them.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If QP is in reset state then there are no resources to free so avoid
freeing any.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the state is read only after the buffers are relesed.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CQ resource pool is protected by a spin lock. When a CQ creation
fails it now deallocates under that lock as well.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If 'dma_alloc_coherent()' fails, we should release resources allocated so
far, just as done in all other cases in this function.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the backbone required for the various HW initalizations
which are necessary for the FCoE driver (qedf) for QLogic FastLinQ
4xxxx line of adapters - FW notification, resource initializations, etc.
Signed-off-by: Arun Easi <arun.easi@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the driver support for,
- Registering the ptp clock functionality with the OS.
- Timestamping the Rx/Tx PTP packets.
- Ethtool callbacks related to PTP.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds the required qed interfaces for configuring/reading
the PTP clock on the adapter.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes use of is_vlan_dev() function instead of flag
comparison which is exactly done by is_vlan_dev() helper function.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Acked-by: Jon Maxwell <jmaxwell37@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Thumshirn <jth@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use napi_complete_done() instead of __napi_complete() to :
1) Get support of gro_flush_timeout if opt-in
2) Not rearm interrupts for busy-polling users.
3) use standard NAPI API.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
napi_complete_done() allows to opt-in for gro_flush_timeout,
added back in linux-3.19, commit 3b47d30396
("net: gro: add a per device gro flush timer")
This allows for more efficient GRO aggregation without
sacrifying latencies.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work adds a number of tracepoints to paths that are either
considered slow-path or exception-like states, where monitoring or
inspecting them would be desirable.
For bpf(2) syscall, tracepoints have been placed for main commands
when they succeed. In XDP case, tracepoint is for exceptions, that
is, f.e. on abnormal BPF program exit such as unknown or XDP_ABORTED
return code, or when error occurs during XDP_TX action and the packet
could not be forwarded.
Both have been split into separate event headers, and can be further
extended. Worst case, if they unexpectedly should get into our way in
future, they can also removed [1]. Of course, these tracepoints (like
any other) can be analyzed by eBPF itself, etc. Example output:
# ./perf record -a -e bpf:* sleep 10
# ./perf script
sock_example 6197 [005] 283.980322: bpf:bpf_map_create: map type=ARRAY ufd=4 key=4 val=8 max=256 flags=0
sock_example 6197 [005] 283.980721: bpf:bpf_prog_load: prog=a5ea8fa30ea6849c type=SOCKET_FILTER ufd=5
sock_example 6197 [005] 283.988423: bpf:bpf_prog_get_type: prog=a5ea8fa30ea6849c type=SOCKET_FILTER
sock_example 6197 [005] 283.988443: bpf:bpf_map_lookup_elem: map type=ARRAY ufd=4 key=[06 00 00 00] val=[00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00]
[...]
sock_example 6197 [005] 288.990868: bpf:bpf_map_lookup_elem: map type=ARRAY ufd=4 key=[01 00 00 00] val=[14 00 00 00 00 00 00 00]
swapper 0 [005] 289.338243: bpf:bpf_prog_put_rcu: prog=a5ea8fa30ea6849c type=SOCKET_FILTER
[1] https://lwn.net/Articles/705270/
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct qed_ll2_info is rather large, so putting it on the stack
can cause an overflow, as this warning tries to tell us:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_ll2.c: In function 'qed_ll2_start':
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_ll2.c:2159:1: error: the frame size of 1056 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Werror=frame-larger-than=]
qed_ll2_start_ooo() already uses a dynamic allocation for the structure
to work around that problem, and we could do the same in qed_ll2_start()
as well as qed_roce_ll2_start(), but since the structure is only
used to pass a couple of initialization values here, it seems nicer
to replace it with a different structure.
Lacking any idea for better naming, I'm adding 'struct qed_ll2_conn',
which now contains all the initialization data, and this now simply
gets copied into struct qed_ll2_info rather than assigning all members
one by one.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use eth_zero_addr to assign zero address to the given address array
instead of memset when the second argument in memset is address
of zero. Also, it makes the code clearer
Signed-off-by: Shyam Saini <mayhs11saini@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The network device operation for reading statistics is only called
in one place, and it ignores the return value. Having a structure
return value is potentially confusing because some future driver could
incorrectly assume that the return value was used.
Fix all drivers with ndo_get_stats64 to have a void function.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If qedr isn't part of the kernel then don't allocate RDMA resources
for it in qed.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently multicast traffic wouldn't be routed internally to
listener; Instead it would only be sent to network via the
physical carrier.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trusted VFs would be allowed to receive promiscuous and
multicast promiscuous data.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A step toward having qede agnostic to the queue configurations
in firmware/hardware - let the RSS indirections use queue handles
instead of actual queue indices.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When driver receives a recognized encapsulated packet it needs
to set the skb->encapsulation field as well.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <Manish.Chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During Rx flow driver allocates a replacement buffer each time
it consumes an Rx buffer. Failing to do so, it would consume the
currently processed buffer and re-post it on the ring.
As a result, the Rx ring is always completely full [from driver POV].
We now allow the Rx ring to shorten by doing the re-allocations
at the end of the NAPI run. The only limitation is that we still want to
make sure each time we reallocate that we'd still have sufficient
elements in the Rx ring to guarantee that FW would be able to post
additional data and trigger an interrupt.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Today qede requests contexts that would suffice for 64 'whole'
combined queues [192 meant for 64 rx, tx and xdp tx queues],
but registers netdev and limits the number of queues based on
information received by qed. In turn, qed doesn't take context
into account when informing qede how many queues it can support.
This would lead to a configuration problem in case user tries
configuring >64 combined queues to interface [or >96 in case
xdp isn't enabled]. Since we don't have a mangement firware
that actually provides so many interrupt lines to a single
device we're currently safe but that's about to change soon.
The new maximum is hence changed:
- For RoCE devices, the limit would remain 64.
- For non-RoCE devices, the limit might be higher [depending
on the actual configuration of the device].
qed would start enforcing that limit in both scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This takes the various filtering logic of the driver and
moves them into their own dedicated file - qede_filter.c.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a new file qede_fp.c and relocates the datapath-related
logic into it [from qede_main.c].
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the submission of the qedr driver, there's inconsistency
in the licensing of the various qed/qede files - some are GPLv2
and some are dual-license.
Since qedr requires dual-license and it's dependent on both,
we're updating the licensing of all qed/qede source files.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes and cleanups from David Miller:
1) Revert bogus nla_ok() change, from Alexey Dobriyan.
2) Various bpf validator fixes from Daniel Borkmann.
3) Add some necessary SET_NETDEV_DEV() calls to hsis_femac and hip04
drivers, from Dongpo Li.
4) Several ethtool ksettings conversions from Philippe Reynes.
5) Fix bugs in inet port management wrt. soreuseport, from Tom Herbert.
6) XDP support for virtio_net, from John Fastabend.
7) Fix NAT handling within a vrf, from David Ahern.
8) Endianness fixes in dpaa_eth driver, from Claudiu Manoil
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (63 commits)
net: mv643xx_eth: fix build failure
isdn: Constify some function parameters
mlxsw: spectrum: Mark split ports as such
cgroup: Fix CGROUP_BPF config
qed: fix old-style function definition
net: ipv6: check route protocol when deleting routes
r6040: move spinlock in r6040_close as SOFTIRQ-unsafe lock order detected
irda: w83977af_ir: cleanup an indent issue
net: sfc: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
net: davicom: dm9000: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
net: cirrus: ep93xx: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
net: chelsio: cxgb3: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
net: chelsio: cxgb2: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
bpf: fix mark_reg_unknown_value for spilled regs on map value marking
bpf: fix overflow in prog accounting
bpf: dynamically allocate digest scratch buffer
gtp: Fix initialization of Flags octet in GTPv1 header
gtp: gtp_check_src_ms_ipv4() always return success
net/x25: use designated initializers
isdn: use designated initializers
...
The newly added file causes a harmless warning, with "make W=1":
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_iscsi.c: In function 'qed_get_iscsi_ops':
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_iscsi.c:1268:29: warning: old-style function definition [-Wold-style-definition]
This makes it a proper prototype.
Fixes: fc831825f9 ("qed: Add support for hardware offloaded iSCSI.")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Thumshirn <jthumshirn@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Shared mlx5 updates with net stack (will drop out on merge if Dave's
tree has already been merged)
- Driver updates: cxgb4, hfi1, hns-roce, i40iw, mlx4, mlx5, qedr, rxe
- Debug cleanups
- New connection rejection helpers
- SRP updates
- Various misc fixes
- New paravirt driver from vmware
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=QeGy
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma
Pull rdma updates from Doug Ledford:
"This is the complete update for the rdma stack for this release cycle.
Most of it is typical driver and core updates, but there is the
entirely new VMWare pvrdma driver. You may have noticed that there
were changes in DaveM's pull request to the bnxt Ethernet driver to
support a RoCE RDMA driver. The bnxt_re driver was tentatively set to
be pulled in this release cycle, but it simply wasn't ready in time
and was dropped (a few review comments still to address, and some
multi-arch build issues like prefetch() not working across all
arches).
Summary:
- shared mlx5 updates with net stack (will drop out on merge if
Dave's tree has already been merged)
- driver updates: cxgb4, hfi1, hns-roce, i40iw, mlx4, mlx5, qedr, rxe
- debug cleanups
- new connection rejection helpers
- SRP updates
- various misc fixes
- new paravirt driver from vmware"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma: (210 commits)
IB: Add vmw_pvrdma driver
IB/mlx4: fix improper return value
IB/ocrdma: fix bad initialization
infiniband: nes: return value of skb_linearize should be handled
MAINTAINERS: Update Intel RDMA RNIC driver maintainers
MAINTAINERS: Remove Mitesh Ahuja from emulex maintainers
IB/core: fix unmap_sg argument
qede: fix general protection fault may occur on probe
IB/mthca: Replace pci_pool_alloc by pci_pool_zalloc
mlx5, calc_sq_size(): Make a debug message more informative
mlx5: Remove a set-but-not-used variable
mlx5: Use { } instead of { 0 } to init struct
IB/srp: Make writing the add_target sysfs attr interruptible
IB/srp: Make mapping failures easier to debug
IB/srp: Make login failures easier to debug
IB/srp: Introduce a local variable in srp_add_one()
IB/srp: Fix CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG=n build
IB/multicast: Check ib_find_pkey() return value
IPoIB: Avoid reading an uninitialized member variable
IB/mad: Fix an array index check
...
The recent introduction of qedr driver support in qede causes a GPF when probing the driver in a server without a RoCE enabled QLogic NIC. This fix avoids using an uninitialized pointer in such a case. Caught by the kernel test robot.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch allows XDP prog to extend/remove the packet
data at the head (like adding or removing header). It is
done by adding a new XDP helper bpf_xdp_adjust_head().
It also renames bpf_helper_changes_skb_data() to
bpf_helper_changes_pkt_data() to better reflect
that XDP prog does not work on skb.
This patch adds one "xdp_adjust_head" bit to bpf_prog for the
XDP-capable driver to check if the XDP prog requires
bpf_xdp_adjust_head() support. The driver can then decide
to error out during XDP_SETUP_PROG.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When calling dma_mapping_error(), the value of return variable rc is 0.
And when the call returns an unexpected value, rc is not set to a
negative errno. Thus, it will return 0 on the error path, and its
callers cannot detect the bug. This patch fixes the bug, assigning
"-ENOMEM" to err.
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=189041
Signed-off-by: Pan Bian <bianpan2016@163.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since offset is zero, it's not necessary to use set function. Reset
function is straightforward, and will remove the unnecessary add
operation in set function.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Shengju <zhangshengju@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds out of order packet handling for hardware offloaded
iSCSI. Out of order packet handling requires driver buffer allocation
and assistance.
Signed-off-by: Arun Easi <arun.easi@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@cavium.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Thumshirn <jthumshirn@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the backbone required for the various HW initalizations
which are necessary for the iSCSI driver (qedi) for QLogic FastLinQ
4xxxx line of adapters - FW notification, resource initializations, etc.
Signed-off-by: Arun Easi <arun.easi@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@cavium.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Thumshirn <jthumshirn@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After 326fe02d1e ("net/mlx4_en: protect ring->xdp_prog with rcu_read_lock"),
the rcu_read_lock() in bpf_prog_run_xdp() is superfluous, since callers
need to hold rcu_read_lock() already to make sure BPF program doesn't
get released in the background.
Thus, drop it from bpf_prog_run_xdp(), as it can otherwise be misleading.
Still keeping the bpf_prog_run_xdp() is useful as it allows for grepping
in XDP supported drivers and to keep the typecheck on the context intact.
For mlx4, this means we don't have a double rcu_read_lock() anymore. nfp can
just make use of bpf_prog_run_xdp(), too. For qede, just move rcu_read_lock()
out of the helper. When the driver gets atomic replace support, this will
move to call-sites eventually.
mlx5 needs actual fixing as it has the same issue as described already in
326fe02d1e ("net/mlx4_en: protect ring->xdp_prog with rcu_read_lock"),
that is, we're under RCU bh at this time, BPF programs are released via
call_rcu(), and call_rcu() != call_rcu_bh(), so we need to properly mark
read side as programs can get xchg()'ed in mlx5e_xdp_set() without queue
reset.
Fixes: 86994156c7 ("net/mlx5e: XDP fast RX drop bpf programs support")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for forwarding via XDP. Once the eBPF is attached,
driver would allocate & configure a designated transmission queue
meant solely for forwarding packets. Said queue would share the
receive-queue's interrupt line, and would have it's own Tx statistics.
Infrastructure changes required for this [spread-out through the code]:
- Determine the DMA direction of the receive buffers based on the presence
of the eBPF program.
- Turn the sw Tx ring into a union, as regular/XDP queues have different
needs for releasing resources after completion [regular requires the SKB,
XDP requires the transmitted page].
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the ndo_xdp callback. This patch would support XDP_PASS,
XDP_DROP and XDP_ABORTED commands.
This also adds a per Rx queue statistic which counts number of packets
which didn't reach the stack [due to XDP].
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Improve the cacheline usage of both queues by reordering -
This reduces the cachelines required for egress datapath processing
from 3 to 2 and those required by ingress datapath processing by 2.
It also changes a couple of datapath related functions that currently
require either the fastpath or the qede_dev, changing them to be based
on the tx/rx queue instead.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Receive-hashing is a fixed feature, so there's no need to check
during the ingress datapath whether it's set or not.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver needs to maintain several FW/HW-indices for each one of
its queues. Currently, that mapping is done by the QED where it uses
an rx/tx array of so-called hw-cids, populating them whenever a new
queue is opened and clearing them upon destruction of said queues.
This maintenance is far from ideal - there's no real reason why
QED needs to maintain such a data-structure. It becomes even worse
when considering the fact that the PF's queues and its child VFs' queues
are all mapped into the same data-structure.
As a by-product, the set of parameters an interface needs to supply for
queue APIs is non-trivial, and some of the variables in the API
structures have different meaning depending on their exact place
in the configuration flow.
This patch re-organizes the way L2 queues are configured and maintained.
In short:
- Required parameters for queue init are now well-defined.
- Qed would allocate a queue-cid based on parameters.
Upon initialization success, it would return a handle to caller.
- Queue-handle would be maintained by entity requesting queue-init,
not necessarily qed.
- All further queue-APIs [update, destroy] would use the opaque
handle as reference for the queue instead of various indices.
The possible owners of such handles:
- PF queues [qede] - complete handles based on provided configuration.
- VF queues [qede] - fw-context-less handles, containing only relative
information; Only the PF-side would need the absolute indices
for configuration, so they're omitted here.
- VF queues [qed, PF-side] - complete handles based on VF initialization.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As qede utilizes an internal-reload sequence as result of various
configuration changes, the netif state wouldn't always accurately describe
the status of the configuration.
To compensate, we're storing an internal state of the device, which should
only be accessed under the qede_lock.
This patch fixes and improves several state/lock interactions:
- The internal state should only be checked while locked.
- While holding lock, it's preferable to check state rather than
the netdevice's state.
- The reload sequence is not 'atomic' - unload and subsequent load
are not in the same critical section.
This also add the 'locked' variant for the reload, which would later be
used by XDP - useful in the case where the correct sequence is 'lock,
check state and re-configure if good', instead of allowing the reload
itself to make the decision regarding the configurability of the device.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver's NAPI poll is using a long sequence for processing ingress
packets, and it's going to get even longer once we do XDP.
Break down the main loop into a series of sub-functions to allow
better readability of the function.
While we're at it, correct the accounting of the NAPI budget -
currently we're counting only packets passed to the stack against
the budget, even in case those are actually aggregations.
After refactoring every CQE processed would be counted against the budget.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor logic for gathering statistics into a per-queue function.
This improves readability of the driver statistics' flows.
In addition, this would be required by the XDP forwarding queues
[as we'll need the Txq statistics gathering methods for those as well].
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver currently doesn't support multi-CoS, but it contains logic
where multiple transmission queues could be theoretically manipulated.
No point in maintaining the infrastructure at the moment.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The chain structure and functions are widely used by the qed* modules,
both for configuration and datapath.
E.g., qede's Tx has one such chain and its Rx has two.
Currently, the strucutre's fields which are required for datapath
related functions [produce/consume] are intertwined with fields which
are required only for configuration purposes [init/destroy/etc.].
This patch re-arranges the chain structure so that all the fields which
are required for datapath usage could reside in a single cacheline instead
of the two which are required today.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver needs to maintain a structure per-each concurrent possible
open aggregation, but the structure storing that metadata is far from
being optimized - biggest waste in it is that there are 2 buffer metadata,
one for a replacement buffer when the aggregation begins and the other for
holding the first aggregation's buffer after it begins [as firmware might
still update it]. Those 2 can safely be united into a single metadata
structure.
struct qede_agg_info changes the following:
/* size: 120, cachelines: 2, members: 9 */
/* sum members: 114, holes: 1, sum holes: 4 */
/* padding: 2 */
/* paddings: 2, sum paddings: 8 */
/* last cacheline: 56 bytes */
-->
/* size: 48, cachelines: 1, members: 9 */
/* paddings: 1, sum paddings: 4 */
/* last cacheline: 48 bytes */
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous fix has broken RoCE support as the rdma_pf_params are now
being set into the parameters only after the params are alrady assigned
into the hw-function.
Fixes: 0189efb8f4 ("qed*: Fix Kconfig dependencies with INFINIBAND_QEDR")
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently RoCE v2 won't operate with RDMA CM due to missing setting of
the roce-flavour in the ll2 configuration.
This patch properly sets the flavour, and deletes incorrect HSI
that doesn't [yet] exist.
Fixes: abd49676c7 ("qed: Add RoCE ll2 & GSI support")
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver uses a union for copying data to & from management firmware
when interacting with it.
Problem is that the function always copies sizeof(union) while commit
2edbff8dcb ("qed: Learn resources from management firmware") is casting
a union elements which is of smaller size [24-byte instead of 88-bytes].
Also, the union contains some inappropriate elements which increase its
size [should have been 32-bytes]. While this shouldn't corrupt other
PF messages to the MFW [as management firmware enforces permissions so
that each PF is allowed to write only to its own mailbox] we fix this
here as well.
Fixes: 2edbff8dcb ("qed: Learn resources from management firmware")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver allocates replacement buffers before-hand to make
sure whenever an aggregation begins there would be a replacement
for the Rx buffers, as we can't release the buffer until
aggregation is terminated and driver logic assumes the Rx rings
are always full.
For every other Rx page that's being allocated [I.e., regular]
the page is being completely mapped while for the replacement
buffers only the first portion of the page is being mapped.
This means that:
a. Once replacement buffer replenishes the regular Rx ring,
assuming there's more than a single packet on page we'd post unmapped
memory toward HW [assuming mapping is actually done in granularity
smaller than page].
b. Unmaps are being done for the entire page, which is incorrect.
Fixes: 55482edc25 ("qede: Add slowpath/fastpath support and enable hardware GRO")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When relaxing the limitation on the number of unicast MAC filters
an interface can configure, qed started passing the MAC quota to
qede. However, the value is initialized only for PFs, causing VFs
to always try and configure themselves as promiscuous
[as they believe they lack the resources to configure the rx-mode].
Fixes: 7b7e70f979 ("qed*: Allow unicast filtering")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver is now setting the ndev's priv_flags instead of adding to it,
causing pktgen failure to utilize various features due to the loss
of the IFF_TX_SKB_SHARING indication.
Fixes: 7b7e70f979 ("qed*: Allow unicast filtering")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, each interfaces assumes it receives an equal portion
of HW/FW resources, but this is wasteful - different partitions
[and specifically, parititions exposing different protocol support]
might require different resources.
Implement a new resource learning scheme where the information is
received directly from the management firmware [which has knowledge
of all of the functions and can serve as arbiter].
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver sets several restrictions about the number of supported VFs
according to available HW/FW resources.
This creates a problem as there are constellations which can't be
supported [as limitation don't accurately describe the resources],
as well as holes where enabling IOV would fail due to supposed
lack of resources.
This introduces a new interal feature - vf-queues, which would
be used to lift some of the restriction and accurately enumerate
the queues that can be used by a given PF's VFs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Today, RDMA capabilities are learned from management firmware
which provides a per-device indication for all interfaces.
Newer management firmware is capable of providing a per-device
indication [would later be extended to either RoCE/iWARP].
Try using this newer learning mechanism, but fallback in case
management firmware is too old to retain current functionality.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While the qed_lm_maps is closely tied with the QED_LM_* defines,
when iterating over the array use actual size instead of the qed
define to prevent future possible issues.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Management firmware is interested in various tidbits about
the driver - including the driver state & several configuration
related fields [MTU, primtary MAC, etc.].
This adds the necessray logic to update MFW with such configurations,
some of which are passed directly via qed while for others APIs
are provide so that qede would be able to later configure if needed.
This also introduces a new default configuration for MTU which would
replace the default inherited by being an ethernet device.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an interface is configured to use Tx/Rx-only queues,
the length of the statistics would be shortened to accomodate only the
statistics required per-each queue, and the values would be provided
accordingly.
However, the strings provided would still contain both Tx and Rx strings
for each one of the queues [regardless of its configuration], which might
lead to out-of-bound access when filling the buffers as well as incorrect
statistics presented.
Fixes: 9a4d7e86ac ("qede: Add support for Tx/Rx-only queues.")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mostly simple overlapping changes.
For example, David Ahern's adjacency list revamp in 'net-next'
conflicted with an adjacency list traversal bug fix in 'net'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Lots of fixes, mostly drivers as is usually the case.
1) Don't treat zero DMA address as invalid in vmxnet3, from Alexey
Khoroshilov.
2) Fix element timeouts in netfilter's nft_dynset, from Anders K.
Pedersen.
3) Don't put aead_req crypto struct on the stack in mac80211, from
Ard Biesheuvel.
4) Several uninitialized variable warning fixes from Arnd Bergmann.
5) Fix memory leak in cxgb4, from Colin Ian King.
6) Fix bpf handling of VLAN header push/pop, from Daniel Borkmann.
7) Several VRF semantic fixes from David Ahern.
8) Set skb->protocol properly in ip6_tnl_xmit(), from Eli Cooper.
9) Socket needs to be locked in udp_disconnect(), from Eric Dumazet.
10) Div-by-zero on 32-bit fix in mlx4 driver, from Eugenia Emantayev.
11) Fix stale link state during failover in NCSCI driver, from Gavin
Shan.
12) Fix netdev lower adjacency list traversal, from Ido Schimmel.
13) Propvide proper handle when emitting notifications of filter
deletes, from Jamal Hadi Salim.
14) Memory leaks and big-endian issues in rtl8xxxu, from Jes Sorensen.
15) Fix DESYNC_FACTOR handling in ipv6, from Jiri Bohac.
16) Several routing offload fixes in mlxsw driver, from Jiri Pirko.
17) Fix broadcast sync problem in TIPC, from Jon Paul Maloy.
18) Validate chunk len before using it in SCTP, from Marcelo Ricardo
Leitner.
19) Revert a netns locking change that causes regressions, from Paul
Moore.
20) Add recursion limit to GRO handling, from Sabrina Dubroca.
21) GFP_KERNEL in irq context fix in ibmvnic, from Thomas Falcon.
22) Avoid accessing stale vxlan/geneve socket in data path, from
Pravin Shelar"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (189 commits)
geneve: avoid using stale geneve socket.
vxlan: avoid using stale vxlan socket.
qede: Fix out-of-bound fastpath memory access
net: phy: dp83848: add dp83822 PHY support
enic: fix rq disable
tipc: fix broadcast link synchronization problem
ibmvnic: Fix missing brackets in init_sub_crq_irqs
ibmvnic: Fix releasing of sub-CRQ IRQs in interrupt context
Revert "ibmvnic: Fix releasing of sub-CRQ IRQs in interrupt context"
arch/powerpc: Update parameters for csum_tcpudp_magic & csum_tcpudp_nofold
net/mlx4_en: Save slave ethtool stats command
net/mlx4_en: Fix potential deadlock in port statistics flow
net/mlx4: Fix firmware command timeout during interrupt test
net/mlx4_core: Do not access comm channel if it has not yet been initialized
net/mlx4_en: Fix panic during reboot
net/mlx4_en: Process all completions in RX rings after port goes up
net/mlx4_en: Resolve dividing by zero in 32-bit system
net/mlx4_core: Change the default value of enable_qos
net/mlx4_core: Avoid setting ports to auto when only one port type is supported
net/mlx4_core: Fix the resource-type enum in res tracker to conform to FW spec
...
Driver allocates a shadow array for transmitted SKBs with X entries;
That means valid indices are {0,...,X - 1}. [X == 8191]
Problem is the driver also uses X as a mask for a
producer/consumer in order to choose the right entry in the
array which allows access to entry X which is out of bounds.
To fix this, simply allocate X + 1 entries in the shadow array.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver uses incorrect APIs to unmap DMA memory which were
mapped using dma_map_single(). This patch fixes it to use
appropriate APIs for un-mapping DMA memory.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qed_dcbx_query_params() implementation populate the values to input
buffer based on the dcbx mode and, the current negotiated state/params,
the caller of this API need to memset the buffer to zero.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rx indirection table entries are in the range [0, (rss_count - 1)]. If
user reduces the rss count, the table entries may not be in the ccorrect
range. Need to reconfigure the table with new rss_count as a basis.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the current default values for Rx path i.e., 8 queues of 8Kb entries
each with 4Kb size, interface will consume 256Mb for Rx. The default values
causing the driver probe to fail when the system memory is low. Based on
the perforamnce results, rx-ring count value of 1Kb gives the comparable
performance with Rx coalesce timeout of 12 seconds. Updating the default
values.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During the execution of loopback test, driver may receive the packets which
are not originated by this test, loopback implementation need to skip those
packets.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RSS configuration is not supported for 100G adapters.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent changes in kernel ethtool implementation requires the driver
callback for get_channels() has to populate the values for max tx/rx
coalesce fields.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Somehow, I missed a healthy number of ethernet drivers in the last pass.
Most of these drivers either were in need of an updated max_mtu to make
jumbo frames possible to enable again. In a few cases, also setting a
different min_mtu to match previous lower bounds. There are also a few
drivers that had no upper bounds checking, so they're getting a brand new
ETH_MAX_MTU that is identical to IP_MAX_MTU, but accessible by includes
all ethernet and ethernet-like drivers all have already.
acenic:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 9000
amazon/ena:
- min_mtu = 128, max_mtu = adapter->max_mtu
amd/xgbe:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 9000
sb1250:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 1518
cxgb3:
- min_mtu = 81, max_mtu = 65535
cxgb4:
- min_mtu = 81, max_mtu = 9600
cxgb4vf:
- min_mtu = 81, max_mtu = 65535
benet:
- min_mtu = 256, max_mtu = 9000
ibmveth:
- min_mtu = 68, max_mtu = 65535
ibmvnic:
- min_mtu = adapter->min_mtu, max_mtu = adapter->max_mtu
- remove now redundant ibmvnic_change_mtu
jme:
- min_mtu = 1280, max_mtu = 9202
mv643xx_eth:
- min_mtu = 64, max_mtu = 9500
mlxsw:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 65535
- Basically bypassing the core checks, and instead relying on dynamic
checks in the respective switch drivers' ndo_change_mtu functions
ns83820:
- min_mtu = 0
- remove redundant ns83820_change_mtu, only checked for mtu > 1500
netxen:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 8000 (P2), max_mtu = 9600 (P3)
qlge:
- min_mtu = 1500, max_mtu = 9000
- driver only supports setting mtu to 1500 or 9000, so the core check only
rules out < 1500 and > 9000, qlge_change_mtu still needs to check that
the value is 1500 or 9000
qualcomm/emac:
- min_mtu = 46, max_mtu = 9194
xilinx_axienet:
- min_mtu = 64, max_mtu = 9000
Fixes: 61e84623ac ("net: centralize net_device min/max MTU checking")
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Jes Sorensen <jes@trained-monkey.org>
CC: Netanel Belgazal <netanel@annapurnalabs.com>
CC: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
CC: Santosh Raspatur <santosh@chelsio.com>
CC: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
CC: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
CC: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@broadcom.com>
CC: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
CC: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@broadcom.com>
CC: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
CC: John Allen <jallen@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
CC: Guo-Fu Tseng <cooldavid@cooldavid.org>
CC: Sebastian Hesselbarth <sebastian.hesselbarth@gmail.com>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
CC: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
CC: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
CC: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
CC: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
CC: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
CC: Anirudha Sarangi <anirudh@xilinx.com>
CC: John Linn <John.Linn@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using list_move_tail() instead of list_del() + list_add_tail().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The memory return by kzalloc() has already be set to zero, so
remove useless memset(0).
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qede: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 9600
- Put define for max in qede.h
qlcnic: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9600
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC Dept-GELinuxNICDev@qlogic.com
CC: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
CC: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a skeletal implementation of the qed* RoCE driver -
basically the ability to communicate with the qede driver and
receive notifications from it regarding various init/exit events.
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
While handling SPQ ramrod completion, there is a possible race
where driver might not read updated fw return code based on
ramrod completion done. This patch ensures that fw return code
is written first and then completion done flag is updated
using appropriate memory barriers.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Malicious VFs might be caught in several different methods:
- Misusing their bar permission and being blocked by hardware.
- Misusing their fastpath logic and being blocked by firmware.
- Misusing their interaction with their PF via hw-channel,
and being blocked by PF driver.
On the first two items, firmware would indicate to driver that
the VF is to be considered malicious, but would sometime still
allow the VF to communicate with the PF [depending on the exact
nature of the malicious activity done by the VF].
The current existing logic on the PF side lacks handling of such events,
and might allow the PF to perform some incorrect configuration on behalf
of a VF that was previously indicated as malicious.
The new scheme is simple -
Once the PF determines a VF is malicious it would:
a. Ignore any further requests on behalf of the VF-driver.
b. Prevent any configurations initiated by the hyperuser for
the malicious VF, as firmware isn't willing to serve such.
The malicious indication would be cleared upon the VF flr,
after which it would become usable once again.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Whenever a ramrod is being sent for some device configuration,
the driver is going to sleep at least 5ms between each iteration
of polling on the completion of the ramrod.
However, in almost every configuration scenario the firmware
would be able to comply and complete the ramrod in a manner of
several usecs. This is especially important in cases where there
might be a lot of sequential configurations applying to the hardware
[e.g., RoCE], in which case the existing scheme might cause some
visible user delays.
This patch changes the completion scheme - instead of immediately
starting to sleep for a 'long' period, allow the device to quickly
poll on the first iteration after a couple of usecs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Apparently qede fails to set IFF_UNICAST_FLT, and as a result is not
actually performing unicast MAC filtering.
While we're at it - relax a hard-coded limitation that limits each
interface into using at most 15 unicast MAC addresses before turning
promiscuous. Instead utilize the HW resources to their limit.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to hardware limitation, when transmitting a geneve-encapsulated
packet with more than 32 bytes worth of geneve options the hardware
would not be able to crack the packet and consider it a regular UDP
packet.
This implements the ndo_features_check() in qede in order to prevent
GSO on said transmitted packets.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds GSO support for GRE and UDP tunnels
where outer checksums are enabled.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some hypervisors can support MAC hints to their VFs.
Even though we don't have such a hypervisor API in linux, we add
sufficient logic for the VF to be able to receive such hints and
set the mac accordingly - as long as the VF has not been set with
a MAC already.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This cleans many of the warnings that would arise in qed as a
result of compilations with C=1; Most of those are the addition
of missing 'static' to functions, although there are several other
fixes as well.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The qedr driver would require a tristate Kconfig option [to allow
it to compile as a module], and toward that end we've added the
INFINIBAND_QEDR option. But as we've made the compilation of the
qed/qede infrastructure required for RoCE dependent on the option
we'd be facing linking difficulties in case that QED=y or QEDE=y,
and INFINIBAND_QEDR=m.
To resolve this, we seperate between the INFINIBAND_QEDR option
and the infrastructure support in qed/qede by introducing a new
QED_RDMA option which would be selected by INFINIBAND_QEDR but would
be a boolean instead of a tristate; Following that, the qed/qede is
fixed based on this new option so that all config combinations would
be supported.
Fixes: cee9fbd8e2 ("qede: add qedr framework")
Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Smatch compains about qed_roce_ll2_tx() dereference
of the 'cdev' variable while testing its validity later.
As the validation checking is an over-kill [variable would always
be set], simply remove it.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Fixes: abd49676c7 ("qed: Add RoCE ll2 & GSI support")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The definition of qed_get_rdma_ops() is not a prototype unless
we add 'void' here, as indicated by this W=1 warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_roce.c: In function ‘qed_get_rdma_ops’:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_roce.c:2950:28: error: old-style function definition [-Werror=old-style-definition]
Fixes: abd49676c7 ("qed: Add RoCE ll2 & GSI support")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we will remove items off the list using list_del() we need
to use a safe version of the list_for_each_entry() macro aptly named
list_for_each_entry_safe().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With centralized MTU checking, there's nothing productive done by
eth_change_mtu that isn't already done in dev_set_mtu, so mark it as
deprecated and remove all usage of it in the kernel. All callers have been
audited for calls to alloc_etherdev* or ether_setup directly, which means
they all have a valid dev->min_mtu and dev->max_mtu. Now eth_change_mtu
prints out a netdev_warn about being deprecated, for the benefit of
out-of-tree drivers that might be utilizing it.
Of note, dvb_net.c actually had dev->mtu = 4096, while using
eth_change_mtu, meaning that if you ever tried changing it's mtu, you
couldn't set it above 1500 anymore. It's now getting dev->max_mtu also set
to 4096 to remedy that.
v2: fix up lantiq_etop, missed breakage due to drive not compiling on x86
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the RoCE-specific LL2 logic [as well as GSI support] over
the 'generic' LL2 interface.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add slowpath configuration support for user, dma and memory
regions registration.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the slowpath configurations of Queue Pair verbs
which adds, deletes, modifies and queries Queue Pairs.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the configurations of the protection domain and
completion queues.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the backbone required for the various HW initalizations
which are necessary for the qedr driver - FW notification, resource
initializations, etc.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a skeletal implementation of the qede RoCE driver -
The qedr has some dependencies of the state of the underlying base
interface. This adds some logic required with mutual registrations
and the ability to pass updates on 'intresting' events.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Other protocols beside the networking driver need the ability
of passing some L2 traffic, usually [although not limited] for the
purpose of some management traffic.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new rtnl UAPI that exposes a list of vlans per VF, giving
the ability for user-space application to specify it for the VF, as an
option to support 802.1ad.
We adjusted IP Link tool to support this option.
For future use cases, the new UAPI supports multiple vlans. For now we
limit the list size to a single vlan in kernel.
Add IFLA_VF_VLAN_LIST in addition to IFLA_VF_VLAN to keep backward
compatibility with older versions of IP Link tool.
Add a vlan protocol parameter to the ndo_set_vf_vlan callback.
We kept 802.1Q as the drivers' default vlan protocol.
Suitable ip link tool command examples:
Set vf vlan protocol 802.1ad:
ip link set eth0 vf 1 vlan 100 proto 802.1ad
Set vf to VST (802.1Q) mode:
ip link set eth0 vf 1 vlan 100 proto 802.1Q
Or by omitting the new parameter
ip link set eth0 vf 1 vlan 100
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit fe56b9e6a8 ("qed: Add module with basic common support")
has introduced a stack corruption during probe, where filling a
local struct with data to be sent to management firmware is incorrectly
filled; The data is written outside of the struct and corrupts
the stack.
Changes from v1:
----------------
- Correct the value written [Caught by David Laight]
Fixes: fe56b9e6a8 ("qed: Add module with basic common support")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dcbx.c
drivers/net/phy/Kconfig
All conflicts were cases of overlapping commits.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get a few warnings when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_l2.c:112:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_sp_vport_start' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:110:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_iov_is_valid_vfid' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:188:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_iov_post_vf_bulletin' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:578:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_iov_set_vfs_to_disable' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:1135:28: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_iov_get_public_vf_info' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:1148:6: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_iov_clean_vf' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:2444:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_iov_chk_ucast' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sriov.c:2762:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_iov_vf_flr_cleanup' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
....
In fact, these functions are only used in the file in which they are
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
so this patch marks these functions with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 1 warning when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qede/qede_main.c:2113:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'qede_set_features' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, this function is only used in the file in which it is
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
so this patch marks this function with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the support for dumping and formatting the HW/FW debug data.
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 4 warnings when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_selftest.c:6:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_selftest_memory' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_selftest.c:19:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_selftest_interrupt' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_selftest.c:32:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_selftest_register' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_selftest.c:55:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'qed_selftest_clock' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, these functions are declared in qed_selftest.h, so this patch
add missing header dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for several infrastructure operations that are done as part of
debug data collection.
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These messages are unnecessary as OOM allocation failures already do
a dump_stack() giving more or less the same information.
$ size drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/built-in.o* (defconfig x86-64)
text data bss dec hex filename
127817 27969 32800 188586 2e0aa drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/built-in.o.new
132474 27969 32800 193243 2f2db drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/built-in.o.old
Miscellanea:
o Change allocs to the generally preferred forms where possible.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fdb dumps spanning multiple skb's currently restart from the first
interface again for every skb. This results in unnecessary
iterations on the already visited interfaces and their fdb
entries. In large scale setups, we have seen this to slow
down fdb dumps considerably. On a system with 30k macs we
see fdb dumps spanning across more than 300 skbs.
To fix the problem, this patch replaces the existing single fdb
marker with three markers: netdev hash entries, netdevs and fdb
index to continue where we left off instead of restarting from the
first netdev. This is consistent with link dumps.
In the process of fixing the performance issue, this patch also
re-implements fix done by
commit 472681d57a ("net: ndo_fdb_dump should report -EMSGSIZE to rtnl_fdb_dump")
(with an internal fix from Wilson Kok) in the following ways:
- change ndo_fdb_dump handlers to return error code instead
of the last fdb index
- use cb->args strictly for dump frag markers and not error codes.
This is consistent with other dump functions.
Below results were taken on a system with 1000 netdevs
and 35085 fdb entries:
before patch:
$time bridge fdb show | wc -l
15065
real 1m11.791s
user 0m0.070s
sys 1m8.395s
(existing code does not return all macs)
after patch:
$time bridge fdb show | wc -l
35085
real 0m2.017s
user 0m0.113s
sys 0m1.942s
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Wilson Kok <wkok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dcbx.c:1230:13-20: WARNING: kzalloc should be used for dcbx_info, instead of kmalloc/memset
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dcbx.c:1192:13-20: WARNING: kzalloc should be used for dcbx_info, instead of kmalloc/memset
Use kzalloc rather than kmalloc followed by memset with 0
This considers some simple cases that are common and easy to validate
Note in particular that there are no ...s in the rule, so all of the
matched code has to be contiguous
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/api/alloc/kzalloc-simple.cocci
CC: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch takes care of clearing the uninitialized buffer before using it.
1. pfc pri-enable bitmap need to be cleared before setting the requested
enable bits. Without this, the un-touched values will be merged with
requested values and sent to MFW.
2. The data in app-entry field need to be cleared before using it.
3. Clear the output data buffer used in qed_dcbx_query_params().
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Management firmware requires the selection-field (SF) to be set for
configuring the application/protocol entry in IEEE mode. Without this
setting, the app entry will be configured incorrectly in MFW.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dcbx configuration is not supported for VF interfaces. Hence don't populate
the callbacks for VFs and also fail the dcbx-query for VFs.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The addition of the per-queue statistics introduced a harmless warning
on all 32-bit architectures:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qede/qede_ethtool.c: In function 'qede_get_ethtool_stats':
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qede/qede_ethtool.c:244:31: error: cast from pointer to integer of different size [-Werror=pointer-to-int-cast]
buf[cnt++] = QEDE_TQSTATS_DATA(edev,
^
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qede/qede_ethtool.c:244:22: error: cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Werror=int-to-pointer-cast]
buf[cnt++] = QEDE_TQSTATS_DATA(edev,
^
This changes the cast to 'void *' to shut up the warning, which
avoids the assumptions on the size of the pointer type.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 68db9ec2df ("qede: Add support for per-queue stats.")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add provision for configuring the fastpath queues with Tx (or Rx) only
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each VF employees a lock that's supposed to serialize its usage of the
HW channel for communication with its PF, but the critical section is
ill-defined:
- VFs currently release the lock whenever the PF response arrives,
prior to actually processing the reply buffer [which was also supposed
to have been protected by same lock].
- The lock would be released on first response, ignoring the possibilty
the sw flow isn't over [as might be the case of the acquisition flow].
As a result, the flow would run unprotected and would cause a double
mutex release [as the additional message completion would release it
while its actually already free].
Change the flow to have a dedicated function to be called at end of each
flow and release the lock.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modern VFs can't run on old non-compatible as the fastpath HSI is
slightly changed - but as the HSI is actually very close [basically,
a single bit whose meaning flipped] this can be supported with small
modifications.
The major differences would be in:
- Recognizing that VF is running on top of a legacy PF.
- Returning some slowpath configurations that are no longer needed
on top of modern PFs, but would be required when working over
the legacy ones.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware would silently drop any control frame sent by VF to prevent
a malicious VF from generating pause flood in the network.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 8.10.x FW added support for forward compatability as well as
'future' backward compatibility, but only to those VFs that were
using HSI which was 8.10.x based or newer.
The latest firmware now supports backward compatibility for the
older VFs based on 8.7.x and 8.8.x firmware as well.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver never bothered marking the VF's vport with the VF's sw_fid.
As a result, FLR flows are not going to clean those vports.
If the vport was active when FLRed, re-activating it would lead
to a FW assertion.
Fixes: dacd88d6f6 ("qed: IOV l2 functionality")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This new firmware for the qed* adpaters fixes several issues:
- Better blocking of malicious VFs.
- After FLR, Tx-switching [internal routing] of packets might
be incorrect.
- Deletion of unicast MAC filters would sometime have side-effect
of corrupting the MAC filters configred for a device.
It also contains fixes for future qed* drivers that *hopefully* would be
sent for review in the near future.
In addition, it would allow driver some new functionality, including:
- Allowing PF/VF driver compaitibility with old drivers [running
pre-8.10.5.0 firmware].
- Better debug facilities.
This would also bump the qed* driver versions to 8.10.9.20.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While '0xdead' and '0xbeef' are "great" values, we should
use the correct SPEED_* values instead.
Fixes: 054c67d1c8 ("qed*: Add support for ethtool link_ksettings callbacks")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When moving into using ethtool's link_ksetting, qed started
supplying its own bitmask of speed/capabilities, but qede
is still checking for the SUPPORTED value to determine whether
it supports pause.
Fixes: 054c67d1c8 ("qed*: Add support for ethtool link_ksettings callbacks")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver uses netif_tx_queue_stopped() to make sure the xmit_more
indication will be honored, but that only checks for DRV_XOFF.
At the same time, it's possible that during transmission the DQL will
close the transmission queue with STACK_XOFF indication.
In re-configuration flows, when the threshold is relatively low, it's
possible that the device has no pending tranmissions, and during
tranmission the driver would miss doorbelling the HW.
Since there are no pending transmission, there will never be a Tx
completion [and thus the DQL would not remove the STACK_XOFF indication],
eventually causing the Tx queue to timeout.
While we're at it - also doorbell in case driver has to close the
transmission queue on its own [although this one is less important -
if the ring is full, we're bound to receive completion eventually,
which means the doorbell would only be postponed and not indefinetly
blocked].
Fixes: 312e06761c ("qede: Utilize xmit_more")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds driver support for sending the NCSI statistics to the
MFW. This is an asynchronous request from MFW. Upon receiving this, driver
populates the required data and send it to MFW.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds driver support for capturing stats ttl0_discard and
packet_too_big_discard in "ethtool -S" display.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor overlapping changes for both merge conflicts.
Resolution work done by Stephen Rothwell was used
as a reference.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch touches various prints in the driver - it reduces the
verbosity of some prints [which were previously logged by default]
while adding several new debug prints and modifying others.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change qed* code in trivial manner; This isn't necessarily
semantic-only, but the end result is the same, i.e., no change
should occur from user perspective. Changes include:
- Using temporary variables to better fit 80-character restrictions.
- Removal of unused variables & code with no effect.
[plus some additional minor modifications].
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make semantic-only adjustments to qed* drivers, such as:
- Changes in code indentation.
- Usage of BIT() macro.
- re-naming of variables.
- Re-ordering of variable declerations.
- Removal of (== 0) and (!= 0) in conditions.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'dcbx_info is malloced in qed_dcbnl_get_ieee_pfc() and should be freed
before leaving from the error handling cases, otherwise it will cause
memory leak.
Fixes: a1d8d8a51e ("qed: Add dcbnl support.")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the driver implementation for ethtool link_ksettings
callbacks. qed driver now defines/uses the qed specific masks for
representing link capability values. qede driver maps these values to
to new link modes defined by the kernel implementation of link_ksettings.
Please consider applying this to 'net-next' branch.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
App count is not updated while adding new app entry to the dcbx app table.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MFW now supports the Selection field for IEEE mode. Add driver changes to
use the newer MFW masks to read/write the port-id value.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ethtype value is being read incorrectly in ieee-dcbx mode. Use the
correct mfw mask value.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Endian-ness conversion is not needed for priority-to-TC field as the
field is already being read/written by the driver in big-endian way.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
spinlock can be initialized automatically with DEFINE_SPINLOCK()
rather than explicitly calling spin_lock_init().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver modifies the supplied NAPI budget in qlcnic_83xx_msix_tx_poll()
function. Instead, it should use the budget as it is.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a data structure corruption bug in the SRIOV VF mailbox
handler code. While handling mailbox commands from the atomic context,
driver is accessing and updating qlcnic_async_work_list_struct entry fields
in the async work list. These fields could be concurrently accessed by the
work function resulting in data corruption.
This patch restructures async mbx command handling by using a separate
async command list instead of using a list of work_struct structures.
A single work_struct is used to schedule and handle the async commands
with proper locking mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
100g support is not available in MSI mode. Failing the driver load in this scenario.
Please consider applying this to `net'.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return error code -EINVAL instead of 0 when EQ elements is
too larger, as done elsewhere in this function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Assigning NULL to parmeter dcb has no effect outside of the
inlined function.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not write random bytes from the kernel stack when
calling qed_wr.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Variable length is not used after the deleted line.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each PF/VF has a limited number of vlan filters for
configuration purposes; This information is passed to qede
and is used to prevent over-usage - once a vlan is to be
configured and no filter credit is available, the driver
would switch into working in vlan-promisc mode.
Problem is the credit pool is shared by both PFs and VFs,
and currently PFs aren't deducting the filters that are
reserved for their VFs from their quota, which may lead
to some vlan filters failing unknowingly due to lack of credit.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver uses reverse logic when checking if minimum
bandwidth configuration applied, causing it to
configure the guarantee only on the first hw-function.
Fixes: a0d26d5a4f ("qed*: Don't reset statistics on inner reload")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding the necessary logic to prevet statistics reset
on inner-reload introduced a bug, and now statistics
are reset only when re-probing the driver.
Fixes: a0d26d5a4f ("qed*: Don't reset statistics on inner reload")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before requesting the firmware to start Rx queues,
driver goes and sets the queue producer in the device to 0.
But while the producer is 32-bit, the driver currently clears 64 bits,
effectively zeroing an additional CID's producer as well.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver has reverse logic for checking the result of the
spoof-checking configuration. As a result, it would log that
the configuration failed [even though it succeeded], and will
no longer do anything when requested to remove the configuration,
as it's accounting of the feature will be incorrect.
Fixes: 6ddc760825 ("qed*: IOV support spoof-checking")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid() implementation,
qede is requesting firmware to remove the vlan filter.
This currently happens even if the vlan wasn't previously
added [In case device ran out of vlan credits].
For PFs this doesn't cause any issues as the firmware
would simply ignore the removal request. But for VFs their
parent PF is holding an accounting of the configured vlans,
and such a request would cause the PF to fail the VF's
removal request.
Simply fix this for both PFs & VFs and don't remove filters
that were not previously added.
Fixes: 7c1bfcad9f ("qede: Add vlan filtering offload support")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Slowpath completion handling is incorrectly changing
SPQ_RING_SIZE bits instead of a single one.
Fixes: 76a9a3642a ("qed: fix handling of concurrent ramrods")
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en.h
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c
drivers/net/usb/r8152.c
All three conflicts were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Manish <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch uses xmit_more optimization to reduce
number of TX doorbells write per packet.
Signed-off-by: Manish <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleanups qede_poll() routine a bit
and allows qede_poll() to do single iteration to handle
TX completion [As under heavy TX load qede_poll() might
run for indefinite time in the while(1) loop for TX
completion processing and cause CPU stuck].
Signed-off-by: Manish <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When handling IP fragmented packets with csum in their
transport header, the csum isn't changed as part of the
fragmentation. As a result, the packet containing the
transport headers would have the correct csum of the original
packet, but one that mismatches the actual packet that
passes on the wire. As a result, on receive path HW would
give an indication that the packet has incorrect csum,
which would cause qede to discard the incoming packet.
Since HW also delivers a notification of IP fragments,
change driver behavior to pass such incoming packets
to stack and let it make the decision whether it needs
to be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Manish <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call wmb() to ensure writes are complete before
hardware fetches updated Tx descriptors.
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several cases of overlapping changes, except the packet scheduler
conflicts which deal with the addition of the free list parameter
to qdisc_enqueue().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SPQ doorbell is currently protected with the compilation barrier. Under the
stress scenarios, we may get into a state where (due to the weak ordering)
several ramrod doorbells were written to the BAR with an out-of-order
producer values. Need to change the barrier type to a write barrier to make
sure that the write buffer is flushed after each doorbell.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Static checker warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qede/qede_ethtool.c:435 qede_get_coalesce()
warn: passing casted pointer '&coal->rx_coalesce_usecs' to
'edev->ops->common->get_coalesce()' 32 vs 16.
The u32 pointer is being typecasted to u16 which may fail for big-endian
platforms.
Fixes: d552fa84cb ("qede: Add support for coalescing config read/update.")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a static checker warning here "warn: mask and shift to zero"
and the code sets "ring" to zero every time. From looking at how
QLCNIC_FETCH_RING_ID() is used in qlcnic_83xx_process_rcv_ring() the
qlcnic_83xx_hndl() should be removed.
Fixes: 4be41e92f7 ('qlcnic: 83xx data path routines')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for configuring the device tx/rx coalescing
timeout values in the order of micro seconds. It also adds APIs for
upper layer drivers for reading/updating the coalescing values.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 'MODULE_FIBER' value replaced several other FIBER values
in newer management firmware images, so existing code would
fail to properly reflect its mode.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver has 2 sets of entries for handling ramrod configurations
toward firmware - a regular pre-allocated set of entires and a
possible 'unlimited' list of additional pending entries.
In most scenarios the 'unlimited' list would not be used, but
when it does the handling of the ramrod completion doesn't
properly handle the release of the entry.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several user APIs can cause driver to perform an inner-reload.
Currently, doing this would cause the HW/FW statistics of the
adapter to reset, which isn't the expected behavior [statistics
should only reset on explicit unloads].
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Internal loopback in driver is based on two things - first
is the willingness of transmitter to use it [in case of VFs,
this can be forced based on VEPA/VEB] and secondly on another
vport classification configuration which should match the
packet's destination.
Current code allows non-linux VFs to configure a 'promisc'
mode on Tx, meaning all traffic sent by VF would be loopbacked
internally by firmware; This isn't considered a valid mode and
as such should be prevented by PF.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When no vlan filter is configured, firmware has a configurable
default on whether to pass only untagged packets or all packets
regardless of their tagging. Driver currently doesn't set this
field in the necessary ramrod, causing the default to always be
'receive all'.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change replaces the network device operations for adding or removing a
VXLAN port with operations that are more generically defined to be used for
any UDP offload port but provide a type. As such by just adding a line to
verify that the offload type is VXLAN we can maintain the same
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch goes through and combines the notifiers for VXLAN and GENEVE
into a single function for each action. So there is now one combined
function for getting ports, one for adding the ports, and one for deleting
the ports.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get a warning for qlcnic_83xx_get_mac_address when building with
"make W=1":
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_83xx_hw.c: In function 'qlcnic_83xx_get_mac_address':
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_83xx_hw.c:2156:8: error: parameter 'function' set but not used [-Werror=unused-but-set-parameter]
Clearly this is harmless, but there is also no point for setting
the variable, so we can simply remove the assignment.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/sched/act_police.c
net/sched/sch_drr.c
net/sched/sch_hfsc.c
net/sched/sch_prio.c
net/sched/sch_red.c
net/sched/sch_tbf.c
In net-next the drop methods of the packet schedulers got removed, so
the bug fixes to them in 'net' are irrelevant.
A packet action unload crash fix conflicts with the addition of the
new firstuse timestamp.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the interfaces for ieee/cee dcbnl callbacks and registers
them with the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the implementation for both cee/ieee dcbnl callbacks by
using the qed query/config APIs.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Query API reads the dcbx data from the device shared memory and return it
to the caller. The config API configures the user provided dcbx values on
the device, and initiates the dcbx negotiation with the peer.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the current code "ent_per_page" could be more than "conn_num" making
"conn_num" negative after the subtraction. In the next iteration
through the loop then the negative is treated as a very high positive
meaning we don't put a limit on "ent_num". It could lead to memory
corruption.
Fixes: dbb799c397 ('qed: Initialize hardware for new protocols')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a future VF would send the PF an unknown message, the PF today would
not send a reply. This would have 2 bad effects:
a. VF would have to timeout on the request.
b. If VF were to send an additional message to PF, firmware would mark
it as malicious.
Instead, if there's some valid reply-address on the message - let the PF
answer and tell the VF it doesn't know the message.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only limitation relating to MACs the PF enforce today on its VFs
is in case it has a forced-unicast MAC address for them, in which case
they can't configure other unicast addresses.
Specifically, the PF isn't enforcing the number of MAC addresse a VF can
configure regardless of the nubmer of such filters agreed upon by PF and
VF during the acquisition process.
PF's shadow-config is now extended to also contain information about its
VFs' unicast addresses configuration, allowing such enforcement.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Today, the VF is aware of its queues context-ids, and calculates the
doorbell address when opening its queues on its own.
The configuration of doorbells in HW can sometime in the future be changed
by the PF [hw has several configurable features that might affect doorbell
addresses, e.g., dpm support], this would break compatibility with older
VFs as their calculated doorbell addresses would be incorrect for such a
configuration.
In order to avoid such a backward compatibility failure, let the PF make
the calculation of the doorbell offset based on the context-id, and pass
that to the VF.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are several requests the VF can make toward the PF which the driver
would pass to firmware without checking the validity first - specifically,
opening queues and updating vports. Such configurations might cause the
firmware to assert.
This adds validation of the legality of said configurations on the PF side
before passing it onward via ramrod to firmware.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the goals of the vf's first message to the PF [acquire]
is to learn about the number of resources available to it [macs, vlans,
etc.]. This is done via negotiation - the VF requires a set of resources,
which the PF either approves or disaproves and sends a smaller set of
resources as alternative. In this later case, the VF is then expected to
either abort the probe or re-send the acquire message with less
required resources.
While this infrastructure exists since the initial submision of qed
SRIOV support, it's in fact completely inoperational - PF isn't really
looking into the resources the VF has asked for and is never going to
reply to the VF that it lacks resources.
This patch addresses this flow, fixing it and allowing the PF and VF
to actually agree on a set of resources.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current driver require an exact match between VF and PF storm firmware;
Any difference would fail the VF acquire message, causing the VF probe
to be aborted.
While there's still dependencies between the two, the recent FW submission
has relaxed the match requirement - instead of an exact match, there's now
a 'fastpath' HSI major/minor scheme, where VFs and PFs that match in their
major number can co-exist even if their minor is different.
In order to accomadate this change some changes in the vf-start init flow
had to be made, as the VF start ramrod now has to be sent only after PF
learns which fastpath HSI its VF is requiring.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RoCE and iSCSI would require some added/changed hw configuration in order
to properly run; The biggest single change being the requirement of
allocating and mapping host memory for several HW blocks that aren't being
used by qede [SRC, QM, TM, etc.].
In addition, whereas qede is only using context memory for HW blocks, the
new protocol would also require task memories to be added.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds in the ecore 2 new personalities in addition to
QED_PCI_ETH - QED_PCI_ISCSI and QED_PCI_ETH_ROCE.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the qed portion of the RoCE & iSCSI firmware HSI,
as well as adding several new common HSI files which would be required
by both qed and qed* protocols.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RoCE driver is going to need a 32-bit chain [current chain implementation
for qed* currently supports only 16-bit producer/consumer chains].
This patch adds said support, as well as doing other slight tweaks and
modifications to qed's chain API.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The New QED firmware contains several fixes, including:
- Wrong classification of packets in 4-port devices.
- Anti-spoof interoperability with encapsulated packets.
- Tx-switching of encapsulated packets.
It also slightly improves Tx performance of the device.
In addition, this firmware contains the necessary logic for
supporting iscsi & rdma, for which we plan on pushing protocol
drivers in the imminent future.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gcc warns about qed_fill_link possibly accessing uninitialized data:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_main.c: In function 'qed_fill_link':
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_main.c:1170:35: error: 'link_caps' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
While this warning is only about the specific case of CONFIG_QED_SRIOV
being disabled but the function getting called for a VF (which should
never happen), another possibility is that qed_mcp_get_*() fails without
returning data.
This rearranges the code so we bail out in either of the two cases
and print a warning instead of accessing the uninitialized data.
The qed_link_output structure remains untouched in this case, but
all callers first call memset() on it, so at least we are not leaking
stack data then.
As discussed, we also use a compile-time check to ensure we never
use any of the VF code if CONFIG_QED_SRIOV is disabled, and the
PCI device table is updated to no longer bind to virtual functions
in that configuration.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently 100g devices don't support minimum/maximum BW configurations,
yet link flaps might cause the driver to attempt to do such a
configuration. Prevent this just as we do for the maximum BW.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adapter can support 100g in both MSIx and INTa, but not in MSI.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the HW configurations are currently missing for 100g devices.
This can cause various classification issues, as well as prevent device
from fully reaching line-rate.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When DCBx re-negotiation is occurring, the PF's configurations for
maximum and minimum bandwidth guarantees are currently lost.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 39651abd28 ("qed: add support for dcbx") is re-configuring
the QM hw-block as part of its sequence. This is done in attention
handling context which is non-sleepable, yet memory is allocated in
this flow using GFP_KERNEL.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PFs and VFs differ in their registered ethtool operations,
but they're using a common function for get_sset_count().
As a result, `ethtool -i' for a VF would indicate it supports
selftest, although that's not the case.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since driver is using a FW-based GRO implementation, this has some
effects on its ability to cope with GRO enablement/disablement.
As a result, driver must perform an inner-reload as a result of a state
change in the offload configuration of said feature.
[Failure to do so means network stack would continue to receive
aggregated packets even though user requested the feature to be disabled].
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VF is currently ignoring the minimum provided by the API,
mistakenly using the maximum for minimum as well.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the coding error in determining the enable flag for
the application/protocol. The enable flag should be set for all protocols
but the eth.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One timer, whose handler keeps reading on MMIO register for EEH
core to detect error in time, is started when the PCI device driver
is loaded. MMIO register can't be accessed during PE reset in EEH
recovery. Otherwise, the unexpected recursive error is triggered.
The timer isn't closed that time if the interface isn't brought
up. So the unexpected recursive error is seen during EEH recovery
when the interface is down.
This avoids the unexpected recursive EEH error by closing the timer
in qlge_io_error_detected() before EEH PE reset unconditionally. The
timer is started unconditionally after EEH PE reset in qlge_io_resume().
Also, the timer should be closed unconditionally when the device is
removed from the system permanently in qlge_io_error_detected().
Reported-by: Shriya R. Kulkarni <shriyakul@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"priority" needs to be signed for the error handling to work.
Fixes: 39651abd28 ('qed: add support for dcbx.')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes and more updates from David Miller:
1) Tunneling fixes from Tom Herbert and Alexander Duyck.
2) AF_UNIX updates some struct sock bit fields with the socket lock,
whereas setsockopt() sets overlapping ones with locking. Seperate
out the synchronized vs. the AF_UNIX unsynchronized ones to avoid
corruption. From Andrey Ryabinin.
3) Mount BPF filesystem with mount_nodev rather than mount_ns, from
Eric Biederman.
4) A couple kmemdup conversions, from Muhammad Falak R Wani.
5) BPF verifier fixes from Alexei Starovoitov.
6) Don't let tunneled UDP packets get stuck in socket queues, if
something goes wrong during the encapsulation just drop the packet
rather than signalling an error up the call stack. From Hannes
Frederic Sowa.
7) SKB ref after free in batman-adv, from Florian Westphal.
8) TCP iSCSI, ocfs2, rds, and tipc have to disable BH in it's TCP
callbacks since the TCP stack runs pre-emptibly now. From Eric
Dumazet.
9) Fix crash in fixed_phy_add, from Rabin Vincent.
10) Fix length checks in xen-netback, from Paul Durrant.
11) Fix mixup in KEY vs KEYID macsec attributes, from Sabrina Dubroca.
12) RDS connection spamming bug fixes from Sowmini Varadhan
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (152 commits)
net: suppress warnings on dev_alloc_skb
uapi glibc compat: fix compilation when !__USE_MISC in glibc
udp: prevent skbs lingering in tunnel socket queues
bpf: teach verifier to recognize imm += ptr pattern
bpf: support decreasing order in direct packet access
net: usb: ch9200: use kmemdup
ps3_gelic: use kmemdup
net:liquidio: use kmemdup
bpf: Use mount_nodev not mount_ns to mount the bpf filesystem
net: cdc_ncm: update datagram size after changing mtu
tuntap: correctly wake up process during uninit
intel: Add support for IPv6 IP-in-IP offload
ip6_gre: Do not allow segmentation offloads GRE_CSUM is enabled with FOU/GUE
RDS: TCP: Avoid rds connection churn from rogue SYNs
RDS: TCP: rds_tcp_accept_worker() must exit gracefully when terminating rds-tcp
net: sock: move ->sk_shutdown out of bitfields.
ipv6: Don't reset inner headers in ip6_tnl_xmit
ip4ip6: Support for GSO/GRO
ip6ip6: Support for GSO/GRO
ipv6: Set features for IPv6 tunnels
...
Driver incorrectly uses dma_unmap_addr_set() to set
a variable which is in truth a dma_addr_t
[i.e not defined using DEFINE_DMA_UNMAP_ADDR()] and is
being used by the driver flows other than unmapping
physical addresses. This patch fixes driver fastpath
where CONFIG_NEED_DMA_MAP_STATE is not set.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many developers already know that field for reference count of the
struct page is _count and atomic type. They would try to handle it
directly and this could break the purpose of page reference count
tracepoint. To prevent direct _count modification, this patch rename it
to _refcount and add warning message on the code. After that, developer
who need to handle reference count will find that field should not be
accessed directly.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix comments, per Vlastimil]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt too]
[sfr@canb.auug.org.au: sync ethernet driver changes]
Signed-off-by: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Cc: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@mellanox.com>
Cc: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Cc: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@qlogic.com>
Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
page_reference manipulation functions are introduced to track down
reference count change of the page. Use it instead of direct
modification of _count.
Signed-off-by: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Acked-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patch adds the necessary driver support for Management Firmware to
configure the device/firmware with the dcbx results. Management Firmware
is responsible for communicating the DCBX and driving the negotiation,
but the driver has responsibility of receiving async notification and
configuring the results in hw/fw. This patch also adds the dcbx support for
future protocols (e.g., FCoE) as preparation to their imminent submission.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This line was indented more than it should be.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VF's probe might log that it has no PM capability in its PCI configuration
space. As this is a valid configuration, silence such prints.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In multi-function modes, PFs are currently limited to using 16 VFs -
But that limitation would also currently apply in case there's a single
PCI function exposed, where no such restriction should have existed.
This lifts the restriction for the default mode; User should be able
to start the maximum number of VFs as appear in the PCI config space.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PF updates its VFs' bulletin boards with link configurations whenever
the physical carrier changes or whenever hyper-user explicitly requires
some setting of the VFs link via the hypervisor's PF.
Since the bulletin board is getting cleaned as part of the IOV disable
flow on the PF side, re-enabling sriov would lead to a VF that sees the
carrier as 'down', until an event causing the PF to re-fill the bulletin
with the link configuration would occur.
To fix this we simply refelect the link state during the flows, giving
the later VFs a default reflecting the PFs link state.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <Manish.Chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During FLR flow, need to make sure HW is no longer capable of writing to
host memory as part of its interrupt mechanisms.
While we're at it, unify the logic cleaning the driver's status-blocks
into using a single API function for both PFs and VFs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Seems like something broke in commit 1408cc1fa4 ("qed: Introduce VFs")
and the function no longer verifies that the vf is indeed a valid one.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nf_conntrack_core.c fix in 'net' is not relevant in 'net-next'
because we no longer have a per-netns conntrack hash.
The ip_gre.c conflict as well as the iwlwifi ones were cases of
overlapping changes.
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/intel/iwlwifi/mvm/tx.c
net/ipv4/ip_gre.c
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_core.c
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Device should be configured by default to VEB once VFs are active.
This changes the configuration of both PFs' and VFs' vports into enabling
tx-switching once sriov is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allows the user to view the VF configuration by observing the PF's
device.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support in `ndo_set_vf_spoofchk' for allowing PF control over
its VF spoof-checking configuration.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support in 2 ndo that allow PF to tweak the VF's view of the
link - `ndo_set_vf_link_state' to allow it a view independent of the PF's,
and `ndo_set_vf_rate' which would allow the PF to limit the VF speed.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allows the PF to enforce the VF's mac.
i.e., by using `ip link ... vf <x> mac <value>'.
While a MAC is forced, PF would prevent the VF from configuring any other
MAC.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for PF control over the VF vlan configuration.
I.e., `ip link ... vf <x> vlan <vid>' should now be supported.
1. <vid> != 0 => VF receives [unknowingly] only traffic tagged by
<vid> and tags all outgoing traffic sent by VF with <vid>.
2. <vid> == 0 ==> Remove the pvid configuration, reverting to previous.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding a PCI callback for `sriov_configure' and a new PCI device id for
the VF [+ Some minor changes to accomodate differences between PF and VF
at the qede].
Following this, VF creation should be possible and the entire subset of
existing PF functionality that's allow to VFs should be supported.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the VF infrastructure is supposed to offer backward/forward
compatibility, the various types associated with VF<->PF communication
should be aligned across all various platforms that support IOV
on our family of adapters.
This adds a couple of currently missing values, specifically aligning
the enum for the various TLVs possible in the communication between them.
It then adds the PF implementation for some of those missing VF requests.
This support isn't really necessary for the Linux VF as those VFs aren't
requiring it [at least today], but are required by VFs running on other
OSes. LRO is an example of one such configuration.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up to this point, VF and PF communication always originates from VF.
As a result, VF cannot be notified of any async changes, and specifically
cannot be informed of the current link state.
This introduces the bulletin board, the mechanism through which the PF
is going to communicate async notifications back to the VF. basically,
it's a well-defined structure agreed by both PF and VF which the VF would
continuously poll and into which the PF would DMA messages when needed.
[Bulletin board is actually allocated and communicated in previous patches
but never before used]
Based on the bulletin infrastructure, the VF can query its link status
and receive said async carrier changes.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds sufficient changes to allow VFs l2-configuration flows to work.
While the fastpath of the VF and the PF are meant to be exactly the same,
the configuration of the VF is done by the PF.
This diverges all VF-related configuration flows that originate from a VF,
making them pass through the VF->PF channel and adding sufficient logic
on the PF side to support them.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While previous patches have already added the necessary logic to probe
VFs as well as enabling them in the HW, this patch adds the ability to
support VF FLR & SRIOV disable.
It then wraps both flows together into the first IOV callback to be
provided to the protocol driver - `configure'. This would later to be used
to enable and disable SRIOV in the adapter.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the qed VFs for the first time -
The vfs are limited functions, with a very different PCI bar structure
[when compared with PFs] to better impose the related security demands
associated with them.
This patch includes the logic neccesary to allow VFs to successfully probe
[without actually adding the ability to enable iov].
This includes diverging all the flows that would occur as part of the pci
probe of the driver, preventing VF from accessing registers/memories it
can't and instead utilize the VF->PF channel to query the PF for needed
information.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Communication between VF and PF is based on a dedicated HW channel;
VF will prepare a messge, and by signaling the HW the PF would get a
notification of that message existance. The PF would then copy the
message, process it and DMA an answer back to the VF as a response.
The messages themselves are TLV-based - allowing easier backward/forward
compatibility.
This patch adds the infrastructure of the channel on the PF side -
starting with the arrival of the notification and ending with DMAing
the response back to the VF.
It also adds a dummy-response as reference, as it only lays the
groundwork of the communication; it doesn't really add support of any
actual messages.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for a new Kconfig option for qed* driver which would allow
[eventually] the support in VFs.
This patch adds the necessary logic in the PF to learn about the possible
VFs it will have to support [Based on PCI configuration space and HW],
and prepare a database with an entry per-VF as infrastructure for future
interaction with said VFs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If qlcnic_fw_cmd_get_minidump_temp() fails then "fw_dump->tmpl_hdr" is
NULL or possibly freed. It can lead to an oops later.
Fixes: d01a6d3c8a ('qlcnic: Add support to enable capability to extend minidump for iSCSI')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In netdevice.h we removed the structure in net-next that is being
changes in 'net'. In macsec.c and rtnetlink.c we have overlaps
between fixes in 'net' and the u64 attribute changes in 'net-next'.
The mlx5 conflicts have to do with vxlan support dependencies.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"data_split" was never set to false. It's just uninitialized.
Fixes: 2950219d87 ('qede: Add basic network device support')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The error handling is broken here. netxen_rom_fast_read() returns zero
on success and -EIO on error. It never returns -1.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My static checker complains that we are using "autoneg" without
initializing it. The problem is the ->phy_read() condition is reversed
so we only set this on error instead of success.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My static checker complained that "v" can be used unintialized if
netxen_rom_fast_read() returns -EIO. That function never actually
returns -1.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qede requires qed to provide enough resources to accommodate 16 combined
channels, but that upper-bound isn't actually being enforced by it.
Instead, qed inform back to qede how many channels can be opened based on
available resources - but that calculation doesn't really take into account
the resources requested by qede; Instead it considers other FW/HW available
resources.
As a result, if a user would increase the number of channels to more than
16 [e.g., using ethtool] the chip would hang.
This change increments the resources requested by qede to 64 combined
channels instead of 16; This value is an upper bound on the possible
available channels [due to other FW/HW resources].
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Configure and enable various tunnels on the
adapter after PF start.
This change was missed as a part of
'commit 464f664501
("qed: Add infrastructure support for tunneling")'
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the qede implementation for internal loopback test.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the qede ethtool support for the following tests:
- interrupt test
- memory test
- register test
- clock test
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the functionality and APIs needed for selftests.
It adds the ability to configure the link-mode which is required for the
implementation of loopback tests. It adds the APIs for clock test,
register test, interrupt test and memory test.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor overlapping changes in the conflicts.
In the macsec case, the change of the default ID macro
name overlapped with the 64-bit netlink attribute alignment
fixes in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for PF minimum bandwidth update
or configuration notified by management firmware.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for PF maximum bandwidth update
or configuration notified by management firmware.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds relevant APIs needed to configure WFQ
(Weighted fair queueing) values for the vports. WFQ configuration
is used per vport basis when minimum bandwidth update/configuration
is notified to the PF by the management firmware.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The APIs for making this sort of configuration [e.g., via ethtool] are
already present in qede, but the current configuration flow in qed doesn't
respect it.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's some inconsistency in current logic determining whether the
link settings of a given interface can be changed; I.e., in all modes
other than the so-called `deault' mode the interfaces are forbidden from
changing the configuration - but even this rule is not applied to all
user APIs that may change the configuration.
Instead, let the core-module [qed] decide whether an interface can change
the configuration by supporting a new API function. We also revise the
current rule, allowing all interfaces to change their configurations while
laying the infrastructure for future modes where an interface would be
blocked from making such a configuration.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a getter for the interfaces private flags.
The only parameter currently supported is whether the interface is a
coupled function [required for supporting 100g].
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a difference in statsitics' names starting at qed and
propagating to qede, where egress counters indicate ranges while ingress
counters indiciate high-end.
Align all statistcs to follow the same conventions - name indicates range.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just updating the version as many fixes got
accumulated over 5.3.63
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts were two cases of simple overlapping changes,
nothing serious.
In the UDP case, we need to add a hlist_add_tail_rcu()
to linux/rculist.h, because we've moved UDP socket handling
away from using nulls lists.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qlcnic_attach_func requires rtnl_lock to be held.
Cc: Dept-GELinuxNICDev@qlogic.com
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In firmware assisted GRO flow there could be a single MTU sized
segment arriving due to firmware aggregation timeout/last segment
in an aggregation flow, which is not expected to be an actual gro
packet. So If a skb has zero frags from the GRO flow then simply
push it in the stack as non gso skb.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Skb's network header needs to be set before extracting IPv4/IPv6
headers from it.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch handles memory allocation failures for fastpath
gracefully in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuval.mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables netdev tunneling features and adds
TX/RX fastpath support for tunneling in driver.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables GENEVE tunnel on the adapter and
add support for driver hooks to configure UDP ports
for GENEVE tunnel offload to be performed by the adapter.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables VXLAN tunnel on the adapter and
add support for driver hooks to configure UDP ports
for VXLAN tunnel offload to be performed by the adapter.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds various structure/APIs needed to configure/enable different
tunnel [VXLAN/GRE/GENEVE] parameters on the adapter.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue with
alloc_ordered_workqueue.
Work items include getting tx/rx frame sizes, resetting MPI processor,
setting asic recovery bit so ordering seems necessary as only one work
item should be in queue/executing at any given time, hence the use of
alloc_ordered_workqueue.
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM flag has been set since ethernet devices seem to sit in
memory reclaim path, so to guarantee forward progress regardless of
memory pressure.
Signed-off-by: Amitoj Kaur Chawla <amitoj1606@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for the following via ethtool:
- UDP configuration of RSS based on 2-tuple/4-tuple.
- RSS hash key.
- RSS indirection table.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds the required API for passing RSS-related configuration from qede.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Inbox drivers don't need versioning scheme in order to guarantee
compatibility, as both qed and qede are compiled from same codebase.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Verma <rahul.verma@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in the case where qed_slowpath_irq_req is not called, rc is not
assigned and so qed_int_igu_enable will return a garbage value.
Fix this by initializing rc to 0.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just updating version as many fixes got
accumulated over 1.00.00.34
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When running small packets [length < 256 bytes] traffic, packets were
being dropped due to invalid data in those packets which were
delivered by the driver upto the stack. Using pci_dma_sync_single_for_cpu
ensures copying latest and updated data into skb from the receive buffer.
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the scenario where slowpath configuration isn't passing due to
various pause configurations affecting the chip, the theoretical time
required in worst-case-scenario to empty hw fifos sufficiently to
guarantee that slowpath configuration would flow is currently
insufficient.
This increases such a drain request to the theoretical maximum.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Handle a new message from the MFW, one that indicate that the transciever
state has changed, and log that into the system logs.
Signed-off-by: Zvi Nachmani <Zvi.Nachmani@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver interaction with the managemnt firmware is done via mailbox
commands which the management firmware periodically sample, as well
as placing of additional data in set places in the shared memory.
Each PF has a single designated mailbox address, and all flows that
require messaging to the management should use it.
This patch does 2 things:
1. It re-defines the critical section surrounding the mailbox sending -
that section should include the setting of the shared memory as well as
the sending of the command [otherwise a race might send a command with
the data of a different command].
2. It moves the locking scheme from using mutices into using spinlocks.
This lays the groundwork for sending MFW commands from non-sleepable
contexts.
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When device is configured for Multi-function mode, some older management
firmware might incorrectly notify interfaces of link changes while they
haven't requested the physical link configuration to be set.
This can create bizzare race conditions where unloading interfaces are
getting notified that the link is up.
Let the driver compensate - store the logical requested state of the link
and don't propagate notifications after protocol driver explicitly
requires the link to be unset.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'commit 55482edc25
("qede: Add slowpath/fastpath support and enable hardware GRO")'
introduces below error when compiling net-next with "make ARCH=x86_64"
drivers/built-in.o: In function `qede_rx_int':
qede_main.c:(.text+0x6101a0): undefined reference to `tcp_gro_complete'
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
o While the driver is in the middle of a MB completion processing
and it receives a spurious MB interrupt, it is mistaken as a good MB
completion interrupt leading to premature completion of the next MB
request. Fix the driver to guard against this by checking the current
state of MB processing and ignore the spurious interrupt.
Also added a stats counter to record this condition.
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
o atomic_t usage is incorrect as we are not implementing
any atomicity.
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch configures hardware to use GRO and adds support
for fastpath APIs to handle HW aggregated packets.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds mainly structures and APIs prototype changes
in order to give support for qede slowpath/fastpath support
for the same.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of problems when initializing the chip, the error flows aren't
being properly done. Specifically, it's possible that the chip would be
left in a configuration allowing it [internally] to access the host
memory, causing fatal problems in the device that would require power
cycle to overcome.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current statistics logic is meant for L2, not for all future protocols.
Move this content to the proper designated file.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BB_A0 is a development model that is will not reach actual clients.
In fact, future firmware would simply fail to initialize such chip.
This changes the configuration into B0 instead of A0, and adds a safeguard
against the slim chance someone would actually try this with an A0 adapter
in which case probe would gracefully fail.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver learns the inner bar sized from a register configured by management
firmware, but older versions are not setting this register.
But since we know which values were configured back then, use them instead.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch utilizes the attention infrastructure to log additional
information that relates only to specific HW blocks.
For some of those HW blocks, it also stops automatically disabling the
attention generation as the attention is considered benign and thus
should only be logged; No fear of it flooding the system.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each HW block contains common information about attention reasons,
raising a bit for each one of the different sub-reasons that caused it
to raise an attention.
This patch extends the infrastructure by allowing logging of the various
reasons causing the HW blocks to generate an attention.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HW is capable of generating attentnions for a multitude of reasons,
but current driver is enabling attention generation only for management
firmware [required for link notifications].
This patch enables almost all of the possible reasons for HW attentions,
logging the HW block generating the attention and preventing further
attentions from that source [to prevent possible attention flood].
It also lays the infrastructure for additional exploration of the various
attentions.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop the `QL4xxx 40G/100G' and use `FastLinQ 4xxxx' instead.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't allow driver to probe on an adapter at a failed state;
Gracefully block the probe instead.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Module is using a binary firmware file and so should be marked as such.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are several corner cases where driver might get a 2nd notification
about the same link change. Don't log any additional changes if the
physical carrier is already reported as it should.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a corner-case in HW where an SKB queued for transmission that
contains too many frags will cause FW to assert.
This patch solves this by linearizing the SKB if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device ID for the 10g module has changed. Populate the pci_ids table
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce the use of kobj_to_dev() helper function instead of open
coding it with container_of()
The Coccinelle semantic patch used to make this change is as follows:
//<smpl>
@@
expression a;
symbol kobj;
@@
- container_of(a, struct device, kobj)
+ kobj_to_dev(a)
//</smpl>
Signed-off-by: Amitoj Kaur Chawla <amitoj1606@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FW hsi contains regpairs, mostly for 64-bit address representations.
Since same paradigm is applied each time a regpair is filled, this
introduces a new utility macro for setting such regpairs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each configuration element send via ramrod requires a Slow Path Queue
entry. This slightly changes the way such an entry is configured, but
contains mostly semantic changes [where more parameters are gathered
in a sub-struct instead of being directly passed].
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to HW design, some of the memories are wide-bus and access to those
needs to be sequentialized on a per-HW-block level; Read/write to a
given HW-block might break other read/write to wide-bus memory done at
~same time.
Status blocks initialization in CAU is done into such a wide-bus memory.
This moves the initialization into using DMAE which is guaranteed to be
safe to use on such memories.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initial driver submission used GFP_ATOMIC almost inclusively when
allocating memory. We now remedy this point, using GFP_KERNEL where
it's possible.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Device would start receiving only vlan-tagged traffic with tags matching
that of one of the configured vlan IDs, unless:
- Device is expliicly placed in PROMISC mode.
- Device exhausts its vlan filter credits.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <sudarsana.kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Today, interfaces are working in vlan-promisc mode; But once
vlan filtering offloaded would be supported, we'll need a method to
control it directly [e.g., when setting device to PROMISC, or when
running out of vlan credits].
This adds the necessary API for L2 client to manually choose whether to
accept all vlans or only those for which filters were configured.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the qed* driver into utilizing the 8.7.3.0 FW.
This new FW is required for a lot of new SW features, including:
- Vlan filtering offload
- Encapsulation offload support
- HW ingress aggregations
As well as paving the way for the possibility of adding storage protocols
in the future.
V2:
- Fix kbuild test robot error/warnings.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since qlcnic_alloc_mbx_args can be failed,
return value should be checked.
Signed-off-by: Insu Yun <wuninsu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The qlcnic_dcb_ops structures are never modified, so declare them as const.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the original code, if we succeeded on the last iteration through the
loop then we still returned failure.
Fixes: 389e4e04ad ('qlcnic: fix a timeout loop')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/geneve.c
Here we had an overlapping change, where in 'net' the extraneous stats
bump was being removed whilst in 'net-next' the final argument to
udp_tunnel6_xmit_skb() was being changed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The problem here is that at the end of the loop we test for if
idc->vnic_wait_limit is zero, but since idc->vnic_wait_limit-- is a
post-op, it actually ends up set to (u8)-1. I have fixed this by
moving the decrement inside the loop.
Fixes: 486a5bc77a ('qlcnic: Add support for 83xx suspend and resume.')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The problem here is that after the loop we test for "if (!i) " but
because "i--" is a post-op we exit with i set to -1. I have fixed this
by changing it to a pre-op instead. I had to change the starting value
from 3 to 4 so that we still iterate 3 times.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using INTa, ISR might be called before device is configured
for INTa [E.g., due to other device asserting the shared interrupt line],
in which case the ISR would read the SISR registers that shouldn't be
read unless HW is already configured for INTa. This might break interrupts
later on. There's also an MSI-X issue due to this difference, although
it's mostly theoretical.
This patch changes the initialization order, calling request_irq() for the
slowpath interrupt only after the chip is configured for working
in the preferred interrupt mode.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Can't rely on pci config space to discover bar size,
as in some environments this returns a wrong, too large value.
Instead, rely on device register, which contains the value
provided by MFW at preboot.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Concurrent non-blocking slowpath ramrods can be completed
out-of-order on the completion chain. Recycling completed elements,
while previously sent elements are still completion pending,
can lead to overriding of active elements on the chain. Furthermore,
sending pending slowpath ramrods currently lacks the update of the
chain element physical pointer.
This patch:
* Ensures that ramrods are sent to the FW with
consecutive echo values.
* Handles out-of-order completions by freeing only first
successive completed entries.
* Updates the chain element physical pointer when copying
a pending element into a free element for sending.
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Physical LEDs are being controlled by the management FW.
This adds the qed functionality required to request management FW to
change the LED configuration, as well as the necessary APIs for this
functionality to later be used by the protocol drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netif_tx_napi_add() is a variant of netif_napi_add()
It should be used by drivers that use a napi structure
to exclusively poll TX.
We do not want to add this kind of napi in napi_hash[] in following
patches, adding generic busy polling to all NAPI drivers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The newly added qlogic qed driver uses the zlib library, but
misses the dependency:
drivers/built-in.o: In function `qed_alloc_stream_mem':
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_main.c:707: undefined reference to `zlib_inflate_workspacesize'
drivers/built-in.o: In function `qed_unzip_data':
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_main.c:675: undefined reference to `zlib_inflateInit2'
This changes Kconfig to always select zlib when needed.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: fe56b9e6a8 ("qed: Add module with basic common support")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bonding driver saves a copy of slaves' original mac address and then
assigns whatever mac as needed to the slave, depending on mode. In at
least modes 5 and 6 (balance-tlb, balance-alb), it often ends up being the
mac address of another slave. On release from the bond, the original mac
address is supposed to get restored via a dev_set_mac_address() call in
the bonding driver's __bond_release_one() function, which calls the
slave's ndo_set_mac_address function, which for qlcnic, is
qlcnic_set_mac().
Now, this function tries to be somewhat intelligent and exit early if
you're trying to set the mac address to the same thing that is already
set. The problem here is that adapter->mac_addr isn't in sync with
netdev->dev_addr. The qlcnic driver still has the original mac stored in
adapter->mac_addr, while the bonding driver has updated netdev->dev_addr,
so qlcnic thinks we're trying to set the same address it already has.
I think the way to go here, since the function updates both netdev and
adapter's stored mac addresses, is to check if either of them doesn't
match the newly requested mac. Simply checking netdev's value only could
result in a similar mismatch and non-update, so look at both.
CC: Dept-GELinuxNICDev@qlogic.com
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We accidentally return success instead of -ENOMEM here.
Fixes: fe56b9e6a8 ('qed: Add module with basic common support')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MODE_MF_SI is 9. We should be testing bit 9 instead of AND 0x9.
Fixes: fe56b9e6a8 ('qed: Add module with basic common support')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We check if "p_hwfn" is NULL and then dereference it in the error
handling code. I read the code and it isn't NULL so let's remove the
check.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds basic ethtool operations to the qed driver, allowing support in:
- Statistics gathering [ethtool -S]
- Setting of debug level [ethtool -s <interface> msglvl]
- Getting basic information [ethtool, ethtool -i]
In addition it adds the ability to change the MTU.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Device statistics can be gathered on-demand. This adds the qed support for
reading the statistics [both function and port] from the device, and adds
to the public API a method for requesting the current statistics.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <Manish.Chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds basic link functionality to qede - driver still doesn't provide
users with an API to change any link property, but it does request qed to
initialize the link using default configuration, and registers a callback
that allows it to get link notifications.
This patch adds the ability of the driver to set the carrier as active and
to enable traffic as a result of async. link notifications.
Following this patch, driver should be capable of running traffic.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Physical link is handled by the management Firmware.
This patch lays the infrastructure for attention handling in the driver,
as link change notifications arrive via async. attentions,
as well the handling of such notifications.
This patch also extends the API with the protocol drivers by adding
registered callbacks which the protocol driver passes to qed in order
to be notified of async. events originating from the FW/HW.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to configure basic classification in driver by
implementing ndo_set_mac_address() and ndo_set_rx_mode().
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch includes the basic Rx/Tx support for the driver [although
carrier will still never be turned on].
Following this patch the driver registers a network device, initializes
it and prepares it for traffic.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds to the qed the support to configure various L2 elements,
such as channels and basic filtering conditions.
It also enhances its public API to allow qede to later utilize this
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <Manish.Chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Qlogic Everest Driver for Ethernet is the Ethernet specific module for
QL4xxx ethernet products by Qlogic.
This patch adds a very minimal PCI driver, one that doesn't yet register
a network device, but one that does interact with qed and does a basic
initialization of the HW.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a public API for a network driver to work on top of QED.
The interface itself is very minimal - it's mostly infrastructure, as the
only content it has after this patch is a query for HW-based information
required for the creation of a network interface [I.e., no actual
protocol-specific configurations are supported].
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <Manish.Chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Qlogic Everest Driver is the backend module for the QL4xxx ethernet
products by Qlogic.
This module serves two main purposes:
1. It's responsible to contain all the common code that will be shared
between the various drivers that would be used with said line of
products. Flows such as chip initialization and de-initialization
fall under this category.
2. It would abstract the protocol-specific HW & FW components, allowing
the protocol drivers to have a clean APIs which is detached in its
slowpath configuration from the actual HSI.
This adds a very basic module without any protocol-specific bits.
I.e., this adds a basic implementation that almost entirely falls under
the first category.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many drivers initialize uselessly n_priv_flags, n_stats, testinfo_len,
eedump_len & regdump_len fields in their .get_drvinfo() ethtool op.
It's not necessary as these fields is filled in ethtool_get_drvinfo().
v2: removed unused variable
v3: removed another unused variable
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only instance of a qlcnic_mbx_ops structure is never modified. Thus
the declaration of the structure and all references to the structure type
can be made const.
In the definition of the qlcnic_mailbox structure, the ops field is no
longer lined up with the other fields. This was left as is, to avoid a lot
of trivial changes on the other lines.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Acked-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The callback for adding vxlan port can be called with the same port for
both IPv4 and IPv6. Do not disable the offloading when the same port for
both protocols is added and later one of them removed.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In all cases, mbx->req.arg and mbx->rsp.arg have just been allocated
using kcalloc(), so these six memsets are redundant.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver allocates a large chunk of temporary buffer using kzalloc
to copy FW image. As there is no real need of this memory to be
physically contiguous, use vzalloc instead.
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some cases it is required to capture minidump for iSCSI functions
as part of default minidump collection process. To enable this, firmware
exports it's capability and driver need to enable that capability
by issuing a mailbox command.
With this feature, firmware can provide additional iSCSI function's
minidump with smaller minidump capture mask (0x1f).
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include local headers files after kernel's header files.
Signed-off-by: Harish Patil <harish.patil@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
arch/s390/net/bpf_jit_comp.c
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/netcp_ethss.c
net/bridge/br_multicast.c
net/ipv4/ip_fragment.c
All four conflicts were cases of simple overlapping
changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use proper typecasting while performing byte-by-byte copy
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to memset memory allocated with vzalloc.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Acked-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This howto made sense in the 1990s when users had to manually configure
ISA cards with jumpers or vendor utilities, but with the implementation
of PCI it became increasingly less and less relevant, to the point where
it has been well over a decade since I last updated it. And there is
no value in anyone else taking over updating it either.
However the references to it continue to spread as boiler plate text
from one Kconfig file into the next. We are not doing end users any
favours by pointing them at this old document, so lets kill it with
fire, once and for all, to hopefully stop any further spread.
No code is changed in this commit, just Kconfig help text.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/Kconfig
include/net/mac80211.h
iwlwifi/Kconfig and mac80211.h were both trivial overlapping
changes.
The drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c file got removed in 'net-next' and
the bug fix that happened on the 'net' side is already integrated
into the rest of the amd-xgbe driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace confusing QL_STATUS_INVALID_PARAM == -1 == -EPERM with -EINVAL
and QLC_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED_CMD == -2 == -ENOENT with -EOPNOTSUPP, the
latter error code is arguable, but it is already used in the driver,
so let it be here as well.
Also remove always false (!buf) check on read(), the driver should
not care if userspace gets its EFAULT or not.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vz@mleia.com>
Acked-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If read() syscall requests unexpected number of bytes from "dimm" binary
attribute file, return EINVAL instead of EPERM.
At the same time pin down sysfs file size to the fixed
sizeof(struct netxen_dimm_cfg), which allows to exploit some missing
sanity checks from kernfs (file boundary checks vs offset etc.)
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vz@mleia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
30 usecs (or really, 1 jiffy) can go by pretty fast.
Move the set of the timeout immediately before the loop.
Remove the unnecessary max(1ul, usecs_to_jiffies(30)) as
usecs_to_jiffies with a non-zero constant is guaranteed
to be non-zero.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch should have been part of the previous patch having the
same summary. See http://marc.info/?l=linux-kernel&m=143039470103795&w=2
Unfortunately, I didn't check to see where else this lock was used before
submitting that patch. This should take care of it for netxen_nic, as I
did a thorough search this time.
To recap from the original patch; although testing this driver with
DEBUG_LOCKDEP and DEBUG_SPINLOCK enabled did not produce any traces,
it would be more prudent in the case of tx_clean_lock to use _bh
versions of spin_[un]lock, since this lock is manipulated in both
the process and softirq contexts.
This patch was tested for functionality and regressions with netperf
and DEBUG_LOCKDEP and DEBUG_SPINLOCK enabled.
Signed-off-by: Tony Camuso <tcamuso@redhat.com>
Acked-By: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-By: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While testing this driver with DEBUG_LOCKDEP and DEBUG_SPINLOCK
enabled did not produce any traces, it would be more prudent in the
case of tx_clean_lock to use spin_[un]lock_bh, since this lock is
manipulated in both the process and softirq contexts.
This patch was tested for functionality and regressions with netperf
and DEBUG_LOCKDEP and DEBUG_SPINLOCK enabled.
Signed-off-by: Tony Camuso <tcamuso@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Add BQL support to via-rhine, from Tino Reichardt.
2) Integrate SWITCHDEV layer support into the DSA layer, so DSA drivers
can support hw switch offloading. From Floria Fainelli.
3) Allow 'ip address' commands to initiate multicast group join/leave,
from Madhu Challa.
4) Many ipv4 FIB lookup optimizations from Alexander Duyck.
5) Support EBPF in cls_bpf classifier and act_bpf action, from Daniel
Borkmann.
6) Remove the ugly compat support in ARP for ugly layers like ax25,
rose, etc. And use this to clean up the neigh layer, then use it to
implement MPLS support. All from Eric Biederman.
7) Support L3 forwarding offloading in switches, from Scott Feldman.
8) Collapse the LOCAL and MAIN ipv4 FIB tables when possible, to speed
up route lookups even further. From Alexander Duyck.
9) Many improvements and bug fixes to the rhashtable implementation,
from Herbert Xu and Thomas Graf. In particular, in the case where
an rhashtable user bulk adds a large number of items into an empty
table, we expand the table much more sanely.
10) Don't make the tcp_metrics hash table per-namespace, from Eric
Biederman.
11) Extend EBPF to access SKB fields, from Alexei Starovoitov.
12) Split out new connection request sockets so that they can be
established in the main hash table. Much less false sharing since
hash lookups go direct to the request sockets instead of having to
go first to the listener then to the request socks hashed
underneath. From Eric Dumazet.
13) Add async I/O support for crytpo AF_ALG sockets, from Tadeusz Struk.
14) Support stable privacy address generation for RFC7217 in IPV6. From
Hannes Frederic Sowa.
15) Hash network namespace into IP frag IDs, also from Hannes Frederic
Sowa.
16) Convert PTP get/set methods to use 64-bit time, from Richard
Cochran.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1816 commits)
fm10k: Bump driver version to 0.15.2
fm10k: corrected VF multicast update
fm10k: mbx_update_max_size does not drop all oversized messages
fm10k: reset head instead of calling update_max_size
fm10k: renamed mbx_tx_dropped to mbx_tx_oversized
fm10k: update xcast mode before synchronizing multicast addresses
fm10k: start service timer on probe
fm10k: fix function header comment
fm10k: comment next_vf_mbx flow
fm10k: don't handle mailbox events in iov_event path and always process mailbox
fm10k: use separate workqueue for fm10k driver
fm10k: Set PF queues to unlimited bandwidth during virtualization
fm10k: expose tx_timeout_count as an ethtool stat
fm10k: only increment tx_timeout_count in Tx hang path
fm10k: remove extraneous "Reset interface" message
fm10k: separate PF only stats so that VF does not display them
fm10k: use hw->mac.max_queues for stats
fm10k: only show actual queues, not the maximum in hardware
fm10k: allow creation of VLAN on default vid
fm10k: fix unused warnings
...
Pull trivial tree from Jiri Kosina:
"Usual trivial tree updates. Nothing outstanding -- mostly printk()
and comment fixes and unused identifier removals"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial:
goldfish: goldfish_tty_probe() is not using 'i' any more
powerpc: Fix comment in smu.h
qla2xxx: Fix printks in ql_log message
lib: correct link to the original source for div64_u64
si2168, tda10071, m88ds3103: Fix firmware wording
usb: storage: Fix printk in isd200_log_config()
qla2xxx: Fix printk in qla25xx_setup_mode
init/main: fix reset_device comment
ipwireless: missing assignment
goldfish: remove unreachable line of code
coredump: Fix do_coredump() comment
stacktrace.h: remove duplicate declaration task_struct
smpboot.h: Remove unused function prototype
treewide: Fix typo in printk messages
treewide: Fix typo in printk messages
mod_devicetable: fix comment for match_flags
To allow drivers to handle the features check for multiple tags,
move the check to ndo_features_check().
As no drivers currently handle multiple tagged TSO, introduce
dflt_features_check() and call it if the driver does not have
ndo_features_check().
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To test a checkpatch spelling patch, I ran codespell against
drivers/net/ethernet/.
$ git ls-files drivers/net/ethernet/ | \
while read file ; do \
codespell -w $file; \
done
I removed a false positive in e1000_hw.h
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/rocker/rocker.c
The rocker commit was two overlapping changes, one to rename
the ->vport member to ->pport, and another making the bitmask
expression use '1ULL' instead of plain '1'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the built-in function instead of memset.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change 'mutliple' to 'multiple'
Change 'Firmare' to 'Firmware'
Signed-off-by: Yannick Guerrini <yguerrini@tomshardware.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver keeps adding multicast addresses without deleting removed MACs and
worrying about adapters filter limit. This results into actual count of programmed
multicast addresses get accumulated over the time and overruns the adapter's
filter limit without putting device in ACCEPT_ALL_MULTI mode. This causes
newly added multicast traffic to fail after the sequence of addition - deletion
in certain pattern.
This issue is seen only when netdev's mcast list count is less than adapters
mcast filter limit.
e.g. If adapters multicast filter limit is 38 per function
then following sequence would result in multicast traffic failure for
newly added MACs.
- add less than 38 multicast MACs
- remove previously added multicast MACs
- add new multicast MACs (less than 38)
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/vxlan.c
drivers/vhost/net.c
include/linux/if_vlan.h
net/core/dev.c
The net/core/dev.c conflict was the overlap of one commit marking an
existing function static whilst another was adding a new function.
In the include/linux/if_vlan.h case, the type used for a local
variable was changed in 'net', whereas the function got rewritten
to fix a stacked vlan bug in 'net-next'.
In drivers/vhost/net.c, Al Viro's iov_iter conversions in 'net-next'
overlapped with an endainness fix for VHOST 1.0 in 'net'.
In drivers/net/vxlan.c, vxlan_find_vni() added a 'flags' parameter
in 'net-next' whereas in 'net' there was a bug fix to pass in the
correct network namespace pointer in calls to this function.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functions kfree() and vfree() perform also input parameter validation.
Thus the test around their calls is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kfree() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After d75b1ade56 ("net: less interrupt masking in NAPI")
driver's NAPI poll routine is expected to return
exact budget value if it wants to be re-called.
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@qlogic.com>
Fixes: d75b1ade56 ("net: less interrupt masking in NAPI")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently qlge_update_hw_vlan_features() will always first put the
interface down, then update features and then bring it up again. But it
is possible to hit this code while the adapter is down and this causes a
non-paired call to napi_disable(), which will get stuck.
This patch fixes it by skipping these down/up actions if the interface
is already down.
Fixes: a45adbe8d3 ("qlge: Enhance nested VLAN (Q-in-Q) handling.")
Cc: Harish Patil <harish.patil@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
arch/arm/boot/dts/imx6sx-sdb.dts
net/sched/cls_bpf.c
Two simple sets of overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NAPI poll logic now enforces that a poller returns exactly the budget
when it wants to be called again.
If a driver limits TX completion, it has to return budget as well when
the limit is hit, not the number of received packets.
Reported-and-tested-by: Mike Galbraith <umgwanakikbuti@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: d75b1ade56 ("net: less interrupt masking in NAPI")
Cc: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Acked-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The same macros are used for rx as well. So rename it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The counter variable wasn't increased at all which may stuck under
certain circumstances.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use normal facilities to avoid printing each byte
on a separate line.
Now emits at KERN_DEBUG instead of KERN_INFO.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the check of adapter fails and goes into the 'else' branch, the
return value 'err' should not still be zero.
Signed-off-by: Yongjian Xu <xuyongjiande@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GSO isn't the only offload feature with restrictions that
potentially can't be expressed with the current features mechanism.
Checksum is another although it's a general issue that could in
theory apply to anything. Even if it may be possible to
implement these restrictions in other ways, it can result in
duplicate code or inefficient per-packet behavior.
This generalizes ndo_gso_check so that drivers can remove any
features that don't make sense for a given packet, similar to
netif_skb_features(). It also converts existing driver
restrictions to the new format, completing the work that was
done to support tunnel protocols since the issues apply to
checksums as well.
By actually removing features from the set that are used to do
offloading, it solves another problem with the existing
interface. In these cases, GSO would run with the original set
of features and not do anything because it appears that
segmentation is not required.
CC: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
CC: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
CC: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Fixes: 04ffcb255f ("net: Add ndo_gso_check")
Tested-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So this can be reused for identification of other "items" as well.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do the work of parsing NDA_VLAN directly in rtnetlink code, pass simple
u16 vid to drivers from there.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use vxlan_gso_check() to advertise offload support for this NIC.
Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
o Poll for the link events only if firmware doesn't have capability
to notify the driver for the link events.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
o Number of arguments taken by destroy tx command is three
instead of two.
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
o Initially we were programming maximum number of arguments.
Instead we should program number of arguments required in
a command.
o Maximum number of arguments for 82xx adapter is four. Fix it
for GET_ESWITCH_STATS command.
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Most notable changes in here:
1) By far the biggest accomplishment, thanks to a large range of
contributors, is the addition of multi-send for transmit. This is
the result of discussions back in Chicago, and the hard work of
several individuals.
Now, when the ->ndo_start_xmit() method of a driver sees
skb->xmit_more as true, it can choose to defer the doorbell
telling the driver to start processing the new TX queue entires.
skb->xmit_more means that the generic networking is guaranteed to
call the driver immediately with another SKB to send.
There is logic added to the qdisc layer to dequeue multiple
packets at a time, and the handling mis-predicted offloads in
software is now done with no locks held.
Finally, pktgen is extended to have a "burst" parameter that can
be used to test a multi-send implementation.
Several drivers have xmit_more support: i40e, igb, ixgbe, mlx4,
virtio_net
Adding support is almost trivial, so export more drivers to
support this optimization soon.
I want to thank, in no particular or implied order, Jesper
Dangaard Brouer, Eric Dumazet, Alexander Duyck, Tom Herbert, Jamal
Hadi Salim, John Fastabend, Florian Westphal, Daniel Borkmann,
David Tat, Hannes Frederic Sowa, and Rusty Russell.
2) PTP and timestamping support in bnx2x, from Michal Kalderon.
3) Allow adjusting the rx_copybreak threshold for a driver via
ethtool, and add rx_copybreak support to enic driver. From
Govindarajulu Varadarajan.
4) Significant enhancements to the generic PHY layer and the bcm7xxx
driver in particular (EEE support, auto power down, etc.) from
Florian Fainelli.
5) Allow raw buffers to be used for flow dissection, allowing drivers
to determine the optimal "linear pull" size for devices that DMA
into pools of pages. The objective is to get exactly the
necessary amount of headers into the linear SKB area pre-pulled,
but no more. The new interface drivers use is eth_get_headlen().
From WANG Cong, with driver conversions (several had their own
by-hand duplicated implementations) by Alexander Duyck and Eric
Dumazet.
6) Support checksumming more smoothly and efficiently for
encapsulations, and add "foo over UDP" facility. From Tom
Herbert.
7) Add Broadcom SF2 switch driver to DSA layer, from Florian
Fainelli.
8) eBPF now can load programs via a system call and has an extensive
testsuite. Alexei Starovoitov and Daniel Borkmann.
9) Major overhaul of the packet scheduler to use RCU in several major
areas such as the classifiers and rate estimators. From John
Fastabend.
10) Add driver for Intel FM10000 Ethernet Switch, from Alexander
Duyck.
11) Rearrange TCP_SKB_CB() to reduce cache line misses, from Eric
Dumazet.
12) Add Datacenter TCP congestion control algorithm support, From
Florian Westphal.
13) Reorganize sk_buff so that __copy_skb_header() is significantly
faster. From Eric Dumazet"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1558 commits)
netlabel: directly return netlbl_unlabel_genl_init()
net: add netdev_txq_bql_{enqueue, complete}_prefetchw() helpers
net: description of dma_cookie cause make xmldocs warning
cxgb4: clean up a type issue
cxgb4: potential shift wrapping bug
i40e: skb->xmit_more support
net: fs_enet: Add NAPI TX
net: fs_enet: Remove non NAPI RX
r8169:add support for RTL8168EP
net_sched: copy exts->type in tcf_exts_change()
wimax: convert printk to pr_foo()
af_unix: remove 0 assignment on static
ipv6: Do not warn for informational ICMP messages, regardless of type.
Update Intel Ethernet Driver maintainers list
bridge: Save frag_max_size between PRE_ROUTING and POST_ROUTING
tipc: fix bug in multicast congestion handling
net: better IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE support
net/mlx4_en: remove NETDEV_TX_BUSY
3c59x: fix bad split of cpu_to_le32(pci_map_single())
net: bcmgenet: fix Tx ring priority programming
...
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/r8152.c
net/netfilter/nfnetlink.c
Both r8152 and nfnetlink conflicts were simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
o Driver is not updating sw_consumer while processing Tx completion
when interface is going down. Due to this interface down path gets
stuck forever waiting for NAPI to complete.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
o __netxen_nic_down() function might sleep while holding spinlock_t(tx_clean_lock).
Acquire this lock for only releasing TX buffers instead of taking it
for whole down path.
Reported-by: Mike Galbraith <umgwanakikbuti@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
o When TX queues are not allocated, driver does not fill TX queues stats in the buffer.
However, it is also not advancing data pointer by TX queue stats length, which would
misplace all successive stats data in the buffer and will result in mismatch between
stats strings and it's values.
o Fix this by advancing data pointer by TX queue stats length when
queues are not allocated.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
o TX queues stats must be read when queues are allocated regardless
of interface is up or not.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
o Driver is doing memset with zero for total number of stats bytes when
it has already filled some data in the stats buffer, which can overwrite
memory area beyond the length of stats buffer.
o Fix this by initializing stats buffer with zero before filling any data in it.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In qlcnic_83xx_setup_idc_parameters() routine use qlcnic_83xx_flash_read32() API
which takes flash lock internally instead of the lockless version
qlcnic_83xx_lockless_flash_read32().
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the below warning message:
qlge_main.c:1754: warning: 'lbq_desc' may be used uninitialized in this function
Signed-off-by: Harish Patil <harish.patil@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the much more common pr_warn instead of pr_warning.
Other miscellanea:
o Typo fixes submiting/submitting
o Coalesce formats
o Realign arguments
o Add missing terminating '\n' to formats
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
